TW505812B - Front-illuminating device and reflective-type liquid crystal display using such a device - Google Patents

Front-illuminating device and reflective-type liquid crystal display using such a device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW505812B
TW505812B TW087103965A TW87103965A TW505812B TW 505812 B TW505812 B TW 505812B TW 087103965 A TW087103965 A TW 087103965A TW 87103965 A TW87103965 A TW 87103965A TW 505812 B TW505812 B TW 505812B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
light
light guide
liquid crystal
incident
lighting device
Prior art date
Application number
TW087103965A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yutaka Sawayama
Yukihiro Tsunoda
Takashi Masuda
Takeshi Ebi
Original Assignee
Sharp Kk
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sharp Kk filed Critical Sharp Kk
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW505812B publication Critical patent/TW505812B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133615Edge-illuminating devices, i.e. illuminating from the side
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133616Front illuminating devices

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Planar Illumination Modules (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Light Guides In General And Applications Therefor (AREA)
  • Position Input By Displaying (AREA)

Abstract

The front-illuminating device of the present invention is installed on the front face of illuminated material of reflective type LCD or the like, which comprises a light source and a light guide body. The light guide body has: an incident surface to transmit the light from the light source; the first exit surface for the light to exit toward the illuminated material; the second exit surface which is opposed to the first exit surface for the reflected light from the illuminated material to exit. The second exit surface is formed by alternately arranging the inclined surfaces and the flat parts into the step-like structure, the light from said the first exit surface exiting toward the illuminated material is reflected by the illuminated material, the reflected light from said the first exit surface passes through said flat parts and reaches the observer side. At this time, the component of said light of light source, which is parallel to the flat parts, is reflected by said inclined part and irradiates the illuminated parts. Therefore, the present invention can provide a brighter front-illuminating device with increased utilization efficiency of the light of light source.

Description

N 發明説明( 复j月頜域 本發明係關於被配置於被照明物與觀察者之間而使用, 於被照明物上照射光,除此之外,將來㈣皮照明物之反射 光可由觀察者辨視地應使該反射光透過而構成之前方照明 裝置,以及具備此前方照明裝麗作爲輔助光源之反射型液 晶顯示裝置。 f 曼明背景 液晶顯示裝置與CRT(Cathade Ray Tube)、PDP(Plasma Display Panel)或 EL(Electro Luminescence)等其他顯示裝 置相異、液晶本身不發光、藉由調節來自特定光源之光的 透過光量、顯示文字或影像。N Description of the invention (The complex jaw field) The present invention relates to the use of being placed between an object to be illuminated and an observer, and to irradiate light on the object to be illuminated. In addition, in the future, the reflected light from the skin illumination object can be observed. The user should perceive the reflected light to form a front lighting device and a reflective liquid crystal display device having the front lighting device as an auxiliary light source. F Manmin background liquid crystal display device, CRT (Cathade Ray Tube), PDP (Plasma Display Panel) or EL (Electro Luminescence) and other display devices are different, the liquid crystal itself does not emit light, by adjusting the amount of transmitted light from a specific light source, display text or images.

習知之液晶顯示裝置(以下稱爲LCD : Liquid Crystal Display)可粗分爲透過型LCD與反射型LCD。透過型LCD 係於液晶胞背面,配置作爲光源(背光back light)之螢光管 或E L·等之面發光光源。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 另一方面,反射型L C D係利用周圍光進行顯示之故,有 不需要背光,減少消耗電力之秦點。又,日光直射之非常 高的地方、發光型顯示器來透過型L C D之顯示幾乎看不 見、相對於此、反射型LC D射可看得更鮮明。因此,反射 型L C D被用於近年需求日値提而之搞帶資訊終端或車用電 腦。 ' 惟,反射型L C D具有以下之問 '題點。即,反射型[c D係 利用周圍光之故,顯示亮度與周邊環境之依存程度非常 高。因此,特別在夜晚黑暗中,顯示有時幾乎完全無法辨 _4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) 505812 A7 ’ _____B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 視。其中,於爲彩色化而使用截色濾光器之反射型L C D或 使用偏光板之反射型L C D中〆上述問題特別大,必須要具 備在無法獲得充分的周圍光。情況下之輔助照明。 惟,反射型L C D係於液晶胞背面設置反射板,無法如透 過型L C D使用背光。雖亦有提出使用半鏡(half mirror)作 爲反射板之稱爲半透過型L C D之裝置,但其顯示特性係既 不能稱爲透過型也不能稱爲反射型而係半調子、難以實用 化。 此處’以往,在周圍暗的情況下的反射型L C D之輔助照 明方面,已提出了用以配置於液晶胞前面之前光系統 \ (Front Light system)。此前光系統一般具備導光體及配置 於導光體侧面之光源。由導光體側面所入射之光源光於導 光體内部進行,於導光體表面所做成的形狀上反射而向液 ra胞側出射。所出射之光一面透過液晶胞一面因應顯示資 訊而被調光、被配置於液晶胞之背面側之反射板反射。此 反射光再次透過導光體被向觀察者側出射。藉此,觀察者 即使在周圍光量不充分時亦可辨視顯示。 此種‘光揭示於如日本專利、特開平5 _ 158〇34號公報、 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 SID DIGEST P.375 (1995 )等。 此處’冬照圖5 1簡單説明SID DIGEST P.375 (1995 )所揭 示之前方系統之動作原理。於上述前方系統中,將具有由 平坦邵101a及傾斜部101b所形成之界面1〇1之導光體1〇4之 一方之側面,做爲來自光源1〇6之光所入射之入射面1〇5。 即’光源106被配置於導光體1〇4之入射面ι〇5之對面位置 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(ΙΙΟΤ^^Γ----— 505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3 ) 上。 自光源106通過105入射至導光體1〇4之光之中,某些係 直接進入,某些則入射於導光體104與其周邊介質之界面 10 1、1 08。此時,導光體1 04之周邊媒介假設係爲空氣, 導光體104之折射率假設爲1.5左右、則由司奈爾法則(式 可知:對界面1 〇 1、108入射角爲約4 1.8 °以上之光可於界 面101、108全反射。 ni · Sin(91 = n2 # Si n Θ Cncsin(n2/n 1 )....................(式 1 ) 其中η i爲第1介質(此處爲導光體104 )之折射率 η 2爲第2介質(此處爲空氣)之折射率 θι爲自導光體104至界面Γύ i之入射角 ~2爲自界面ιοί向第2介質之出射角 Θ c爲臨界角。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事養再填寫本頁) 入射至界面1 〇 1、1 〇 8之光中,於爲反射面之傾斜部1 〇 1 b 全反射之光,及於界面1 〇 8全反射後再於界面1 0 1之傾斜部 10 1 b反射光,入射至液晶胞π 0 °入射至液晶胞11 〇之光由 未圖示之液晶層調光後,被設於液晶胞1 10背面之反射板 111反射,再入射至導光體1 〇4、透過平坦部1 〇 1 a、被向觀 察者109側出射。 又,自光源106通過入射面1 〇5不入射至傾斜部10 lb而入 射至平坦部l〇la之光,於界面1〇1與界面108之間,至到達 ____—______- 6 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 傾斜部1 0 1 b爲止反覆重覆全反射而傳送。由觀察者1 〇9側 所見到(傾斜邵1 〇 1 b之面積與平坦部1 〇 1 a之面積相比被形 成得非常小。 此處’上述習知之前光系統在構造上有以下的問題。 (1 )如圖5 2所示,反覆進行全反射亦無法到達傾斜部 101b之光’或對入射面1〇5大致成垂直入射之光、成爲自 與入射面105相對之面107向導光體1〇4之外出射之光丨14、 無法用於顯示。即,光之利用效率差。 (2)由傾斜部101b與平坦部1〇la所構成之界面1〇1之形狀 正好與將棱鏡片之頂點做成平平的形狀相似,如圖5 2所 不,周圍光115易向觀察者i 〇9側反射,而造成顯示品質低 劣。 這些問題是大多數習知的前:光系統的共通問題。因此, 即使使用這種前光系統,亦無法以充足之光昭 物(反射型L⑽)。W能提高前㈣統之光源^ 利用效率。 發明摘要 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印掣 本發明係鑑於上述問題點而做成者,其目的在提供—可 提高光源光之利用效率,並可對被照明物均一且明亮地照 明之前方照明裝置,以及提供使用此前方照明裝置之反射 型液晶顯示裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,爲解決上述課題 具有配置於光源及被照明物前方之導光體: 上述導光體具備:來自光源的光所1射=入射面:^出The conventional liquid crystal display device (hereinafter referred to as LCD: Liquid Crystal Display) can be roughly divided into a transmissive LCD and a reflective LCD. The transmissive LCD is located on the back of the liquid crystal cell, and is equipped with a fluorescent tube as a light source (backlight) or a surface-emitting light source such as EL. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. On the other hand, the reflective LCD display uses ambient light for display, so there is no need for a backlight, which reduces the power consumption. Also, in a place where direct sunlight is very high, the display of the transmissive LCD is almost invisible in the light-emitting display, and in contrast, the reflective LC D can be seen more clearly. Therefore, the reflection type LCD is used for information terminals or car computers in recent years. 'However, the reflection type LC D has the following problems. That is, the reflective type [c D is based on the use of ambient light, and the degree of dependence of display brightness on the surrounding environment is very high. Therefore, especially in the dark at night, the display is sometimes almost completely indistinguishable. _4 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 505812 A7 ’_____B7 V. Description of the invention (2). Among them, the reflection type L C D using a color-cutting filter or the reflection type L C D using a polarizing plate for colorization is particularly problematic, and it is necessary to have sufficient ambient light that cannot be obtained. Auxiliary lighting in case. However, the reflection type LCD is provided with a reflection plate on the back of the liquid crystal cell, and the backlight cannot be used like the transmission type LCD. Although a device called a semi-transmissive type LCD using a half mirror as a reflecting plate has been proposed, its display characteristics are neither transmissive nor reflective, and are half-toned, which is difficult to put into practice. Here, conventionally, in the auxiliary lighting of the reflection type LC in the case of dark surroundings, a front light system has been proposed for disposing in front of the liquid crystal cell. Previously, light systems generally had a light guide and a light source disposed on the side of the light guide. The light from the light source incident from the side of the light guide is conducted inside the light guide, reflects on the shape made on the surface of the light guide, and exits toward the liquid cell side. The emitted light is dimmed in response to the display information while being transmitted through the liquid crystal cell, and is reflected by a reflecting plate disposed on the back side of the liquid crystal cell. This reflected light passes through the light guide again and is emitted toward the observer. This allows the observer to see and display even when the amount of ambient light is insufficient. This kind of 'light is disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 5 158403, and SID DIGEST P.375 (1995) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Here, 'Winter Photograph 51' briefly explains the operation principle of the previous system disclosed by SID DIGEST P.375 (1995). In the above-mentioned front system, one side of one of the light guides 104 having an interface 101 formed by a flat surface 101a and an inclined portion 101b is used as the incident surface 1 where the light from the light source 106 is incident. 〇5. That is, the light source 106 is arranged on the opposite side of the incident surface ι05 of the light guide body 104. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (ΙΙΟΤ ^^ Γ ----— 505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (3): From the light source 106 through 105 to the light guide 104, some are directly entered, and some are incident on the interface between the light guide 104 and its surrounding medium 10 1, 108 At this time, the surrounding medium of the light guide 104 is assumed to be air, and the refractive index of the light guide 104 is assumed to be about 1.5. According to Snell's rule (the formula can be seen that the incident angle to the interface 101 and 108 is approximately 4 Light above 1.8 ° can be totally reflected at the interfaces 101 and 108. ni · Sin (91 = n2 # Si n Θ Cncsin (n2 / n 1) ....... ... (Formula 1) where η i is the refractive index of the first medium (here, the light guide 104) η 2 is the refractive index of the second medium (here, the air) θι is from the light guide 104 to the interface The incidence angle of Γύ i ~ 2 is the exit angle from the interface ιοί to the second medium Θ c is the critical angle. The employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Of the light at the interface 1 〇1, 108, the light at the inclined portion 1 〇b, which is the reflecting surface, is totally reflected, and after the total reflection at the interface 1 008, it is reflected at the inclined portion 10 1 b at the interface 101. The light is incident on the liquid crystal cell π 0 ° and the light incident on the liquid crystal cell 11 〇 After being dimmed by a liquid crystal layer (not shown), the light is reflected by the reflection plate 111 provided on the back of the liquid crystal cell 1 10 and then incident on the light guide 1 〇 4. Transmits the flat portion 〇1a, and is emitted toward the observer 109. In addition, the light incident from the light source 106 through the incident surface 105 to the inclined portion 10b and incident on the flat portion 10la is at the interface 1. 〇1 and interface 108, to reach ____—______- 6-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4) Inclined part 1 0 1 b So far, the total reflection is repeated and transmitted. It is seen from the observer 10 side (the area of the oblique Shao 010b is smaller than the area of the flat part 〇1a. Here, the above-mentioned knowledge The structure of the previous optical system has the following problems: (1) As shown in Figure 5 2, the total reflection can not reach the inclined part repeatedly. The light of 101b 'or light that is approximately perpendicularly incident on the incident surface 105 is the light that exits from the light guide 104 from the surface 107 opposite to the incident surface 105 and cannot be used for display. That is, light The utilization efficiency is poor. (2) The shape of the interface 10 formed by the inclined portion 101b and the flat portion 10la is exactly similar to the flat shape of the apex of the prism sheet, as shown in Figure 5 115 tends to reflect to the observer i 〇9 side, resulting in poor display quality. These problems are common to most of the former: optical systems. Therefore, even if such a front light system is used, a sufficient light cannot be displayed (reflective L⑽). W can improve the utilization efficiency of the light source of the former system ^. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention was created in view of the above-mentioned problems, and the purpose of the present invention is to provide—to improve the utilization efficiency of light source light, and to uniformly and brightly illuminate the illuminated object. Lighting device, and reflection type liquid crystal display device using the front lighting device. The front lighting device of the present invention has a light guide disposed in front of a light source and an object to be illuminated in order to solve the above-mentioned problem: The light guide includes: light emitted from the light source is incident = incident surface:

505812 五、發明説明(5 射面,向被照明札 物%光射出:及第2出射面,將來白 明物之光射出:除此之外, *以自破照 上述第2出射面爲:主要係將來自 予以反射之傾斜邱命、& # 兀卩弔1出射面 十4,與王要係將來自被照明物之 以透過之平坦部,α γ β Λ二 κ夂射先予 係形成馬叉互配置之梯狀。 上述構造中,昭明一 …、月先自吊一出射面向被照明物出射,Φ 自被照明物之反舳古白μ、+、Μ 印对,來 内,、夫、尚萬9山 先自述呆1出射面再度回到導光髀 道处 射面之平坦部到達觀察者側。上述構造之 導光體中、與第i 4i J+而a a ^ 平 古 出射面相對向的弟2出射面,其傾斜部及 千W被父互配置成階梯狀。又,爲於平坦部與平坦部之 間讀斜邵主㈣將來自光源的光向第i出射面反射之 故,自光源所入射之光中,與平坦部平行之成分全部於上 述傾斜部反射,而自第1出射面向被照明物照射。藉此, 與具有大致形成爲平板狀之導光體之習知構造相比較,本 發明之前方照明裝置中,與平坦部平行前進之光的成分不 會外漏至導光體外,而會向被照明物照射。故,可提供可 提高光源光之利用效率,並可更明亮之前方照明裝置。 上述前方照明裝置爲解決上述課題,其中若設上i述導光 體爲第1導光體,則進一步具備將來自上述第丨出射面之出 射光之亮度分布予以平均化之第2導光體。 上述構造中,第1導光體係形成爲階梯狀之故,至第2出 射面之傾斜部至第1出射面爲止之距離,與自光源起之距 離成正比變小。此外,來自第;1出射面之光的亮度分布可 能會不均一。上述構造藉由具備第2導光體,使得向被照 8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事聲再填寫本頁j iMW. 、訂· 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印t 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印褽 、發明説明(6 明物之出射光之龙户、 均勻之面光源功布平均化。於是便可提供具有亮度 卜、中乂、 此〈則方照明裝置。 上述則万照明裝冒^ 自第2出射面之平:f解決上述課題,其中更具備:將來 出射方向予以甘丄F的出射光與來自傾斜部的出射光的 上,Si 之補償機構。 階梯狀之故,自〜射面之平坦部與傾斜部係交互配置成 之反射光,向與Ϊ1出射面向導光體入射之來自被照明物 向出# 女好弔2出射面之平坦部及傾斜部各相方 N W射,有可能引致 因此^ ^ 在被照明物之像上產生斑點或暈開。 W此,具備將來自m 〇山, 早 倾钮〜、 吊2出射面之平坦邵之出射光,及來自 t斜邯(出射光之 班卢4 出見万向予以集中之光學補償板,便可 後许被照明物之鮮明的像。 盥迟方…、明叙置爲解決上述課題,其中更具備於光源 一射面(間,限制來自光源的光之開散之稜鏡片及擴散 板等。 I構^中’來自光源的光主要係於第2出射面之傾斜部 射彳一爲了使在傾斜邵在不進行全反射而向導光體外部 漏戍I成分減少,則以使來自光源的光具有某程度之方向 性、使於上述傾斜部以比臨界角更小之角度入射的成分減 少爲理想。因此,上述構造中,因具備限制來自光源的光 的開散之棱鏡片及擴散板,使來自傾斜部之漏洩光減少, 可更提升光的利用效率,並防止於被照明物之像上產生斑 點或暈開。於是,可實現能獲得明亮且鮮明之被照明物像 之面光源之前方照明裝置。 -9 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事養再填寫本頁) |、訂 — )U5812 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置爲解決上述課題,其特徵 在於:具備具有反射板之反射型液晶元件:除此之外,於 上述反射型液晶元件前面配置有具有上述構造之前方照明 裝置。 、 上述構造中,如在日正當中之户外等周圍光量充足之情 況下,可於關掉前方照明裝置之狀態下使用:另一方面, 在無法獲得充足之周圍光量時,可打開前方照明裝置使 W是,可提供不論周圍環境如何,皆可常保明亮高品 質 < 反射型液晶顯示裝置。 ^發明之其他反射型液晶顯示裝置爲解決上述課題,其 特徵在於:係、於具有反射板之反射型液晶顯示元件前面, :備具有上述光學補償板之前方照明裝置者;上述補償機 =特定壓力具有可撓性:除此之外,上述補償機構及 弟出.射面各設有-對藉由互相接觸而檢知被施加 位置之透明電極。 上述構造中,前方照明裝置具有觸控面板 筆等在光學補償板表面某位置按壓後,藉光學補償 明得各設於光學補償板及第2出射面上之一對透 弘和」,在上述位置互相接觸。若將 辨識,即可實現對顯示於液晶元件上之内以=以 反射型液晶顯示裝置。 各了用韋輛入I 本發明之其他目的,特徵及優點,依下 瞭。又,本發明之優點依 ’、处怎可明 白。 …、、、圖面的說明應可明 (請先閲讀背面之β注意事養再填寫本頁) —I訂 ^^1. 本紙張尺度適财® ( CNS ) ⑽812 A7 B7 五、 發明説明(8 圖式之簡單説明 圖1 :本發明之一實施形態之反射型L C D之構造斷面 圖。 圖2(a)、圖2(b)、圖2(c)爲圖1所示之反射型LCD所具 備之前光的導光體形狀表示圖,圖2 ( a )爲自平坦部法線方 向上方觀看導光體之平面圖,圖2(b)爲自入射面法線方向 觀看導光體之側面圖’圖2 ( c)爲於光源之長方向以法線之 斷面切斷觀看導光體之斷面圖。 圖3 ( a)、圖3 ( b )、圖3 ( c )係説明來自光源的光在導光骨會 内之動向之説明圖。 圖4係說明於反射型L C D之反射板所反射之光的動向之 説明圖。 圖5爲用以測定圖2 ( a)至圖2 ( c)所示之前光之光強度的 測定系之説明圖。 圖ό爲圖2 ( a)至圖2 ( c )所示之前光之光強度的測定結果 表示圖。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 圖7 ( a)爲來自發光型顯示器之出射光與周圍光之關係說 明圖’圖7(b)爲來自圖1所示之反射型LCD之出射光與周 圍光之關係説明圖。 圖8爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型[c d之構造斷面 圖。 圖9 ( a)爲表示圖8所示之反射型l C D所具備之前光系統 中’自導光體之傾斜部至上述前光系統之出射面爲止之距 離係均一之斷面圖,圖9(b)係爲用於比較,表示於圖1所505812 V. Description of the invention (5 emission surface,% light emitted to the illuminated object: and the second emission surface, the light of the white bright object will be emitted in the future: In addition, * self-breaking photo above the second emission surface is: The system will come from the tilted Qiu Ming, # # 卩 卩 1 exit surface 10, and Wang Yao will be from the flat part of the illuminated object, α γ β Λ two κ 夂 shot pre-formed In the above structure, the forks are arranged alternately. In the above structure, Zhao Mingyi ..., Yuexian first drew an exit toward the illuminated object, and Φ from the reverse of the illuminated object μ, +, and M printed pairs. The husband and Shang Wan 9 first described the exit surface and then returned to the flat part of the exit surface at the light guide channel to the observer's side. Among the light guides of the above structure, the i 4i J + and aa ^ flat ancient exit surface The opposite brother 2 exit surface, the inclined portion and the thousand W are arranged in a step shape by the father. In addition, in order to read between the flat portion and the flat portion, Shao Zhuan reflects the light from the light source toward the i-th exit surface. Therefore, among the light incident from the light source, all the components parallel to the flat portion are reflected by the inclined portion, and 1 The emission surface is irradiated with the object to be illuminated. As a result, compared with a conventional structure having a light guide body formed in a substantially flat plate shape, in the prior illumination device of the present invention, components of light traveling in parallel with the flat portion will not leak out. It can be irradiated to the light guide outside the light guide. Therefore, it can provide a front lighting device that can improve the utilization efficiency of light from the light source and make it brighter. The light body is the first light guide body, and further includes a second light guide body that averages the luminance distribution of the light emitted from the first exit surface. In the above structure, the first light guide system is formed in a stepped shape. The distance from the inclined portion of the second exit surface to the first exit surface becomes smaller in proportion to the distance from the light source. In addition, the brightness distribution of light from the first exit surface may be uneven. The above structure borrows With the second light guide, the photo size is 8-. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the note on the back before filling in this page j iMW. through Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China. This is a regular lighting device. The above-mentioned lighting is installed ^ From the level of the second exit surface: f solves the above problem, which further includes: in the future, the exit light is Gan F and the exit light from the inclined part The upper part of the light is the compensation mechanism of Si. For the staircase, the reflected light from the flat part and the inclined part of the emitting surface are arranged alternately, and the incident light from the illuminated object toward the exit surface of the Ϊ1 is directed toward the light object. # 女The flat and inclined parts of the exit surface of Haohang 2 emit NW at each phase, which may cause speckles or halo on the image of the illuminated object. In this case, it is provided with an optical compensation plate that focuses the light from the flat surface of the mountain 0, the early tilting button ~, the hanging surface of the hanging 2 and the oblique light from the t-handle. The bright image of the illuminated object can be allowed afterwards. Sanjifang ..., Mingxu set to solve the above-mentioned problems, among which it is more equipped with a diaphragm and a diffuser plate that limit the spread of light from the light source. In the structure I, the light from the light source is mainly emitted from the inclined portion of the second exit surface. In order to reduce the I component leakage to the outside of the light guide body in order to prevent total reflection at the slope, the light from the light source is reduced. The light has a certain degree of directivity, and it is desirable to reduce the components that are incident on the inclined portion at an angle smaller than the critical angle. Therefore, the above-mentioned structure includes a prism sheet and a diffusion plate that restrict the spread of light from the light source. The leakage light from the inclined portion is reduced, the light utilization efficiency can be further improved, and spots or halo on the image of the illuminated object can be prevented. Therefore, a surface light source that can obtain a bright and vivid image of the illuminated object can be realized Front side lighting -9 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) |, order —) U5812 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (7 Economy In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention is printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Ministry of Standards and Standards, and is characterized by including a reflective liquid crystal element having a reflective plate. With the above structure, the front lighting device. In the above structure, if the surrounding light is sufficient in outdoor areas such as the sun, it can be used with the front lighting device turned off: on the other hand, when sufficient surroundings cannot be obtained When the amount of light is turned on, the front lighting device can be turned on so that W can provide a high-quality reflective liquid crystal display device regardless of the surrounding environment. ^ Other reflective liquid crystal display devices invented to solve the above problems are characterized by : In front of a reflective liquid crystal display element with a reflection plate,: In front of the above-mentioned optical compensation plate The above-mentioned compensating machine = specific pressure is flexible: in addition, the above-mentioned compensating mechanism and its output. Each of the shooting surfaces is provided with a pair of transparent electrodes that detect the applied position by contacting each other. In the front lighting device, a touch panel pen or the like is pressed at a certain position on the surface of the optical compensation plate, and the optical compensation is used to find a pair of transparent and transparent lenses provided on the optical compensation plate and the second exit surface. .If it can be identified, the display on the liquid crystal element can be achieved by using a reflective liquid crystal display device. The other purposes, features, and advantages of the present invention are as follows. Furthermore, the present invention The advantages depend on how and where you can understand.… ,,, and the illustration should be clear (please read the β Cautions on the back before filling out this page) —I order ^^ 1. This paper size is suitable for wealth ® ( CNS) ⑽812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (8 Brief description of the drawings Fig. 1: A sectional view of the structure of a reflective LCD according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 (a), FIG. 2 (b), and FIG. 2 (c) are diagrams showing the shape of the light guide of the front light provided in the reflective LCD shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 2 (a) is the direction from the flat portion normal line. View the plan view of the light guide from the top. Figure 2 (b) is a side view of the light guide viewed from the normal direction of the incident surface. Figure 2 (c) is the light guide cut through the normal section in the long direction of the light source. Sectional view of the body. Figures 3 (a), 3 (b), and 3 (c) are explanatory diagrams illustrating the movement of light from the light source within the light-guiding club. Fig. 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the movement of light reflected by a reflective plate of a reflective type LCD. Fig. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a measurement system for measuring the light intensity of light before Figs. 2 (a) to 2 (c). Figure 6 is a graph showing the measurement results of light intensity before light shown in Figures 2 (a) to 2 (c). Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 7 (a) is an explanatory diagram of the relationship between the emitted light from the light-emitting display and the surrounding light. 'Figure 7 (b) is the output light from the reflective LCD shown in Figure 1. Illustration of the relationship between ambient light. Fig. 8 is a structural sectional view of a reflective type [c d] according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 9 (a) is a sectional view showing that the distance from the inclined portion of the light guide body to the exit surface of the above-mentioned front light system is uniform in the front light system provided in the reflection type CD shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 9 (b) is for comparison and is shown in Figure 1.

505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 示之反射型L C D所具備之前光中,自傾斜部至前光之出身子 面爲止之距離並非均一之斷面圖。 圖10(a)及圖〗0(b)係各説明用以測定圖9(a)及圖9(b)所 示之前光之照射光的亮度分佈之測定系之表示圖。 圖1 1 (a)及圖1 1 (b)係各説明圖9(a)及圖9(b)所示之前光 之照射光的亮度分佈之測定結果之表示圖。 ' 圖1.2爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD之構造斷 圖。 圖1 3爲圖1 2所示之反射型L C D所具備之前光系統之光的 動向的模式圖。505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (9) The reflective L C D shown in the front light has a non-uniform cross-sectional view from the inclined portion to the front surface of the front light. Fig. 10 (a) and Fig. 0 (b) are diagrams each illustrating a measurement system for measuring the luminance distribution of the light irradiated by the light previously shown in Figs. 9 (a) and 9 (b). Fig. 11 (a) and Fig. 11 (b) are diagrams each explaining the measurement results of the luminance distribution of the light irradiated by the light before the light shown in Figs. 9 (a) and 9 (b). 'Fig. 1.2 is a structural sectional view of a reflective LCD according to another embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of the movement of light of the previous optical system provided in the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 12.

圖1 4爲圖1 2所示之反射型L C D所具備之前光系統之辟射 光之壳度分佈之測定結果表示圖D 圖15爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD中,於像上 產生斑點或暈開的原理説明圖。 圖16爲上述反射型LCD之導光體之傾斜部之部分放大斷 面圖。於上述傾斜部上設有金屬反射膜之構造。 圖17(a)至圖i7(e)爲形成上述金屬反射膜之步驟之斷面 圖。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 圖1 8爲圖1 6所示之導光體中,沿有金屬反射膜之情況下 之光的動向模式圖。 圖1 9爲圖1 6所示之構造之變形例之斷面圖。 圖20爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD之構造斷面 圖。 圖2 1爲上述反射型L c D之導光體與光學補償板之間之光 -—_________- 12 - 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS ) M規格(训幻97公羡) ^5812 A7 * , ______B7 五、發明説明(1〇 ) 的動向之模式圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項存填寫本買) 圖22(a)、圖22(b)、圖22(c)爲圖20户斤示之構造之變形 例之反射型LCD之構造表示圖。圖22(a)爲此反射型LCD 之斷面圖、圖22(b)及圖22(c)各爲此反射型LCD之光學補 償板之構造例之斷面圖。 圖2·3爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型l c D所具備之觸 控面板之構造之斷面圖。 圖2 4爲設於上述觸控面板之反射電極之構造之説明圖。 圖2 5爲於上述觸控面板中,用以檢知筆所按壓的位置之 構造之平面圖。 圖2 6爲上述觸控面板之一部份在被筆按壓時之狀態之斷 面圖。 圖2 7爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型l c D之構造之斷 面圖。 圖2 8係於圖2 7所示之反射型l C D之導光體中,用以説明 自入射面入射之光於傾斜部全反射之條件之説明圖。 圖2·9爲圖2 7所示之反射型l C D所具備之棱鏡片之導光特 性之表示圖。 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 圖30(a)及圖30(b)爲對圖27所示之反射型LCD,可爲 了用以限制入射光之開散而使用之其他構造例之説明圖。 圖3 1 (a)、圖3 1 (b)、圖3 1(c)爲本發明之其他實施形態 之反射型L C D所具備之導光體之構造,以及此導光體内之 光的動向之斷面圖。 圖3 2爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型[c D之構造之斷 ______ 13 _ I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格( 210X297公釐)Fig. 14 shows the measurement results of the shell distribution of the transmitted light of the reflective system shown in Fig. 12 shown in Fig. 12. Fig. 15 is a reflection LCD of another embodiment of the present invention. Blob or halo principle illustration. Fig. 16 is an enlarged sectional view of a portion of an inclined portion of a light guide of the reflective LCD. A structure in which a metal reflective film is provided on the inclined portion. Figures 17 (a) to i7 (e) are cross-sectional views of the steps of forming the above-mentioned metal reflective film. Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of the light movement pattern of the light guide shown in Figure 16 with a metal reflective film. FIG. 19 is a sectional view of a modification example of the structure shown in FIG. 16. Fig. 20 is a structural sectional view of a reflective LCD according to another embodiment of the present invention. Figure 2 1 shows the light between the above-mentioned reflective L c D light guide and the optical compensation plate ---_________- 12-This paper size is applicable to the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) M specification (Xunhua 97 public envy) ^ 5812 A7 *, ______B7 V. Schematic diagram of the movement of invention description (1〇). (Please read the precautions on the back and fill in this purchase first.) Figure 22 (a), Figure 22 (b), and Figure 22 (c) are structural diagrams of the reflective LCD of the modified example of the structure shown in Figure 20 Fig. 22 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the reflective LCD, and Figs. 22 (b) and 22 (c) are cross-sectional views of a configuration example of an optical compensation plate of the reflective LCD. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of a touch panel provided in a reflective LCD according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram of a structure of a reflective electrode provided on the touch panel. Fig. 25 is a plan view of a structure for detecting the position where the pen is pressed in the above touch panel. FIG. 26 is a sectional view of a state of a part of the touch panel when it is pressed by a pen. Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a structure of a reflection type l c D according to another embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 28 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the condition of total reflection of light incident from the incident surface on the inclined portion in the light guide of the reflective type CD shown in Fig. 27. Fig. 2 · 9 is a view showing the light guide characteristics of the prism sheet provided in the reflection type LCD shown in Fig. 27. Printed in Figure 30 (a) and Figure 30 (b) by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards and Quarantine Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the reflective LCD shown in FIG. Illustrating. Fig. 31 (a), Fig. 31 (b), and Fig. 31 (c) are structures of a light guide provided in a reflective LCD according to another embodiment of the present invention, and the movement of light in the light guide Sectional view. Figure 3 2 is a reflective type [c D of the structure of another embodiment of the present invention ______ 13 _ I paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm)

、發明説明(11 面圖。 圖33馬用以說明圖32所示之反射型LCD之前光之入射面 之傾角之條件之說明。 圖34馬本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD之構造之十 體圖。 丄 圖3 5馬本發明之其他實施形態之照明裝置之使用例 體圖。 圖3 6爲圖3 5所示之照明裝置之使用例之平面圖。 圖37爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD之構造之斷 面圖。Explanation of the invention (surface 11). Fig. 33 is a diagram for explaining the conditions of the inclination angle of the incident surface of light before the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 32. Fig. 34 is a structural diagram of a reflective LCD in another embodiment of the present invention Ten-body diagram. 丄 FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a use example of a lighting device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 36 is a plan view showing a use example of the lighting device shown in FIG. Sectional view of the structure of a reflective LCD.

iT 圖38U)、圖38(b)、圖38(c)爲圖37所示之反射型LCD 所具備之前光之導體的形狀表示圖,圖38(a)爲自平坦部 '去線上方觀看導光體之平面圖,圖3 8 (b )爲自入射面法線 万向觀看導光體之斷面圖,圖3 8 ( c)爲於光源之長方向以 法線之斷面切斷觀看導光體之斷面圖。 圖3 9爲圖3 8所示之導光體之平坦部及傾斜部之構造説明 圖 〇 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 圖40(a)及圖40(b)爲來自光源之光在導光體内之動向説 明圖。 圖41爲圖37所示之反射型LCD所具備之前光之離光源之 距離與亮度之關係表示圖。 圖42爲圖37所示之反射型LCD所具備之前光之出射光之 角度特性表示圖。 圖4 3爲圖3 7所示之反射型L C D所具備之反射型液晶胞之 14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2l〇X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 '發明説明(12 構造之斷面圖。 圖44(3)至圖44(€)爲圖43所示之反射型液晶胞之反射電 亟之形成方法之步驟圖。 、圖45爲圖43所示之反射型液晶胞之反射電極之反射率角 度依存性表示圖。 圖46爲圖43所示反射型液晶胞之其他例之斷面圖。 、圖47爲圖43所示反射型液晶胞之晝素、掃描線及信號線 之構造之平面圖。 圖48爲圖37所示反射型LCD所具備之前光之出射光之亮 度及/G度分佈特性表示圖。 圖49爲本發明之其他實施形態之反射型LCD之構造之斷 面圖。 圖50(a)及圖50(b)各爲圖49所示反射型LCD所具備之 前光及習知之前光之照明光之亮度分佈測定結果表示圖。 圖5 1爲習知之附輔助照明之反射型[c D之概略構造,及 此反射型L C D之光的動向之斷面圖。 圖52爲上述習知之反射型[CD之光的動向之斷面圖。 實施例説明 [實施形態1 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之實施形態。 本實施形態之反射型L C D如圖1所示,於反射型液晶胞 1 0 (反射型液晶元件)前面具備前光2 0 (前方照明裝置)。 前光2 0主要係由光源2 6及導光體2 4所構成。光源2 6係 爲例如螢光管等線狀光源,沿導光體2 4側面(入射面2 5 )配 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _'玎 • — A7 五、發明説明(13 請 先 閲 讀 背 之- 注 意 事 項· 再 填 寫 本 頁 置旱光m24足液晶胞10側之界面28(第i出射面)係形成 爲平坦f。另一方面,導光體中與上述界面28相對向之界 面23 (第2:出射面)則係交互配置了與界㈣平行或大致平 仃 < 平坦邯2 1以及對平坦部2丨於同一方向以特定角度傾斜 之傾斜部2 2。即遒止μ、 、 、、 寸先肢2 4如圖1所示可知,於光源2 6之長 、""、泉斷面中,形成爲離光源2 6越遠越下降之階悌 狀。 傾斜部22主要作用係作爲將來自光源26之光向界面28反 射〈面。另一方面,平坦部22主要作用則係在來自前光20 I…、明光成爲來自液晶胞1 0之反射光折返回來時,使此反 射光向觀察者侧透過之面 i 此4麥、圖2 ( a)至圖2 ( c )詳細説明導光體2 4之形狀, 圖2 ( a)爲自平坦邶2 1之法線方向上方向導光體2 4之平面 圖圖2 (b )爲自入射面2 5之法線方向看導光體2 4之側面 圖,圖2(c)將導光體24以對入射面25及界面以雙方垂直 之面切斷之斷面圖。(iT Fig. 38U), Fig. 38 (b), and Fig. 38 (c) are diagrams showing the shape of the previous light conductor of the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 37, and Fig. 38 (a) is viewed from the flat portion to the top of the line Plane view of the light guide, Figure 3 8 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the light guide viewed from the normal of the incident surface, and Figure 3 8 (c) is viewed from the normal direction of the light source. Sectional view of light guide. Figure 39 shows the structure of the flat and inclined parts of the light guide shown in Figure 38. Figures 40 (a) and 40 (b) printed by the staff consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs are the light from the light source. Explanation of movements in the light guide. Fig. 41 is a graph showing the relationship between the distance from the light source and the brightness of the previous light included in the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 37; Fig. 42 is a view showing the angular characteristics of the outgoing light of the previous light included in the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 37; Figure 4 3 shows the reflective LCD cell 14 of the reflective LCD shown in Figure 37. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm). The Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed 'Explanation of the invention' (12 cross-sections of the structure. Figures 44 (3) to 44 (€) are the steps of the method for forming the reflected electricity of the reflective liquid crystal cell shown in Figure 43. Figure 45 is a diagram Figure 43 shows the reflectivity angle dependence of the reflective electrode of the reflective liquid crystal cell shown in Fig. 43. Fig. 46 is a sectional view of another example of the reflective liquid crystal cell shown in Fig. 43. Fig. 47 is a reflective liquid crystal shown in Fig. 43 A plan view of the structure of the celestial cell, the scanning line, and the signal line. Fig. 48 is a diagram showing the brightness and / G degree distribution characteristics of the outgoing light of the previous LCD provided in the reflective LCD shown in Fig. 37. Fig. 49 is another aspect of the present invention A cross-sectional view of the structure of the reflective LCD according to the embodiment. Fig. 50 (a) and Fig. 50 (b) are respectively the measurement results of the luminance distribution of the illumination light of the front light and conventional light of the reflection LCD shown in Fig. 49 The diagram is shown in Fig. 51. The conventional reflection type with auxiliary lighting [c D is a schematic structure. And a sectional view of the light movement direction of this reflective LCD. Fig. 52 is a sectional view of the conventional reflection type [CD light movement direction. The description of the embodiment [Embodiment 1] The following describes the implementation of the present invention based on the drawings. Form. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is shown in FIG. 1. It has a front light 20 (front lighting device) in front of a reflective liquid crystal cell 10 (reflective liquid crystal element). The front light 20 is mainly composed of a light source 2 6 And light guide 24. The light source 26 is a linear light source such as a fluorescent tube, which is arranged along the side of the light guide 24 (incident surface 2 5). -15- This paper applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇 > < 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) _ '玎 • — A7 V. Description of the invention (13 Please read the back-precautions · Fill in this The interface 28 (the i-th exit surface) on the side of the liquid crystal cell 10 on the sheet of dry light m24 is formed as a flat f. On the other hand, the interface 23 (the second: the exit surface) in the light guide opposite the above-mentioned interface 28 is The system is configured to be parallel to or substantially flat with the boundary 仃 < flat hand 2 1 and the flat part 2 丨The inclined portion 2 2 inclined at a specific angle in the same direction. That is, the stopper μ,, ,, and inch limbs 2 4 are shown in FIG. 1. In the length of the light source 26, " " It is a step-like shape that decreases as it gets farther from the light source 26. The main function of the inclined portion 22 is to reflect the light from the light source 26 to the interface 28. On the other hand, the flat portion 22 mainly functions to be from the front light 20. I ..., when the bright light returns as the reflected light from the liquid crystal cell 10, the surface through which the reflected light is transmitted to the observer i. The light guide 2 is described in detail in FIGS. 2 (a) to 2 (c). The shape of 4 is shown in FIG. 2 (a) is a plan view of the light guide 2 from above the normal direction of the flat 邶 21, and FIG. 2 (b) is a view of the light guide 24 from the normal direction of the incident surface 25. A side view, FIG. 2 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the light guide 24 cut at a plane perpendicular to the incident surface 25 and the interface.

導光體 24 可使用如 PMMA(p〇lymethylmetacrylate)等, 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 以射出成形而形成。此實施形態之導光體2 4之寬幅 w- 110.0 mm、長度L = 80.0 mm,入射面25部份之厚度 1 2. 〇 mm,平坦邓2 1之見幅W丨=1 · 9 mm。又,傾斜部2 2 <段差h2 = 50 " m,藉由將傾斜部22對平坦部2丨之傾斜角 α做成“^^’可使傾斜部^之寬幅从^爲約叨以饥。 因導光體2 4形成爲階悌狀,前光2 〇有下列優點。首先, 如圖2 (b )所示,自入射面2 5之法線方向看之情況下,若平 -16 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 505812 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(14 坦部2 1若形成爲對界面2 8冗全平行,則此平坦部2 1無法 被辨視,只能辨視出傾斜面2 2。即,向傾斜部2 2之入射面 2 5的投影總和等於入射面2 5。 此情況下,自入射面2 5所入射之光源光中,對入射面2 5 垂直之成分全部直接入射至傾斜部2 2,而向界面2 8反射。 藉此,便不會發生前述前光系統可見之來自與入射面相對 向的面之多量的光,向導光體外部出射之問題。即,前光 2 0因具備階悌狀之導光體2 4,光的利用效率比習知構造大 幅提升。 次之,説明液晶胞1 0之構造及其製造方法。 液晶胞1 0如圖1所示,基本上係由一對電極基板i丨a、 1 1 b挾持液晶層1 2而構成。電極基板1 1 a係於具有光透過 性之琅璃基板1 4 a上設置透明電極1 5 a (掃描線),並形成液 晶配向膜1 6 a將此透明電極1 5 a覆蓋。 上述玻璃基板1 4a可用如康寧公司製之玻璃基板(商品 名·· 7059)。透明電極 15a可用如IT〇 (Indium Tin 作材料。液晶配向膜1 6a可將例如日本合成橡膠公司製之 配向膜材料(商品名:AL"4552),於形成有透明電極i5a 爻玻璃基板1 4 a上,以塗佈器塗佈,施以擦刷處理之配向 處理而形成。 電極基板lib亦與上述電極基板lla相同,係將玻璃基板 “b,透明電極15b,及液晶配向膜…順次層積而作成。 另二對電極基板lla、Ub,因應必要形成絕緣膜等亦可。 包極基板1 1 a、1 1 b係以與液晶配向膜J 6 a、i 6 b相 (請先閲讀背面I注意事咬再填寫本頁)The light guide 24 can be formed using PMMA (polymethylmetacrylate), etc., and is formed by injection molding by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The light guide 24 of this embodiment has a wide width w- 110.0 mm, a length L = 80.0 mm, a thickness of the 25 part of the incident surface 1 2.0 mm, and a flat D 2 21 width W 1 = 9 mm. . In addition, the inclined portion 2 2 < step difference h2 = 50 " m, by making the inclination angle α of the inclined portion 22 to the flat portion 2 丨 "^^", the width of the inclined portion ^ can be changed from ^ to about 叨Hunger. Because the light guide 24 is formed in a step shape, the front light 20 has the following advantages. First, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), when viewed from the normal direction of the incident surface 25, if flat -16 This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 505812 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (14 Tank Ministry 2 1 If it is formed as the interface 2 8 If it is completely parallel, the flat portion 21 cannot be viewed, and only the inclined surface 22 can be viewed. That is, the total projection of the incident surface 25 to the inclined portion 22 is equal to the incident surface 25. In this case, Of the light source light incident from the incident surface 25, all components perpendicular to the incident surface 25 are directly incident on the inclined portion 22 and reflected toward the interface 28. Thus, the visible light from the aforementioned front light system does not occur. The problem that a large amount of light on the surface opposite to the incident surface is emitted to the outside of the light body. That is, the front light 20 has a step-shaped guide. Body 24, the utilization efficiency of light is greatly improved than the conventional structure. Second, the structure and manufacturing method of the liquid crystal cell 10 are explained. The liquid crystal cell 10 is basically composed of a pair of electrode substrates, as shown in FIG. a, 1 1 b is configured by holding the liquid crystal layer 12. The electrode substrate 1 1 a is provided with a transparent electrode 1 5 a (scanning line) on a glass substrate 1 4 a having light transmittance, and a liquid crystal alignment film 1 6 is formed. a Cover this transparent electrode 15 a. The glass substrate 14a may be a glass substrate (trade name 7059) manufactured by Corning Corporation. The transparent electrode 15a may be made of IT0 (Indium Tin as a material. The liquid crystal alignment film 16a may be For example, an alignment film material (trade name: AL " 4552) made by Japan Synthetic Rubber Co., Ltd. is coated on a glass substrate 1 4 a formed with a transparent electrode i5a 爻 glass substrate 4 a, and is subjected to an alignment treatment with a rubbing treatment. The electrode substrate lib is also the same as the above-mentioned electrode substrate 11a, and is made by sequentially stacking a glass substrate "b, a transparent electrode 15b, and a liquid crystal alignment film .... The other two pairs of electrode substrates 11a, Ub, and an insulating film are formed as necessary. Can also be used. Included pole substrates 1 1 a, 1 1 b is in phase with the liquid crystal alignment film J 6 a, i 6 b (please read the precautions on the back I, then fill in this page)

505812 A7 —------- 五、發明説明(15 ) 向,且擦刷處理方向平行且逆向(即反平行)之方式配置, 使用黏接劑貼合。此時,電極基板na、nb之間,因預先 散佈了粒fe 4.5 /i m之玻璃間隔元件(未圖示),而形成均一 間隔之空隙。 於此空隙中藉由眞空排氣導入液晶而形成液晶層1 2。液 晶層1 2之材料可使用例如美爾格(meRUKU )公司製之液晶 材料(商品名:ZLI-3926)。又,此種液晶材料之△ η爲 0.2030。惟’液晶材料並不拘此限,可用各種液晶。 又’於玻璃基板1 4 b外面之反射板丨7係將施以法線加工 之銘板以如環氧系之黏接劑黏接。另一方面,於玻璃基板 1 4 a外面’設置偏光板丨8,其偏光軸係被設定爲與液晶層 1 2之液晶配向方向成4 5。。 由上述步驟製造反射型液晶胞1 〇。於此液晶胞i 〇上,藉 由如下所述之方式組合前光2 0,而製造附前方照明裝置之 反射型L C D。首先,於液晶胞1 〇之偏光體1 8上,層積導光 體2 4。液晶胞1 〇之偏光板丨8與導光體2 4之間,預先散佈 粒徑50 " m之間隔元件(未圖示)。藉此,因這些間隔元件之 粒徑大致均一之厚度而形成空隙2 9。即,導光體2 4之界面 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 2 8在光學上相當於PMMA與空氣層之界面。又,該空隙29 具有約光的波長的1 0 0倍左右之厚度之故,可抑制因空隙 2 9所敦之干涉發生。 次之’以與導光體2 4之入射面2 5相對向之方式設置螢光 管作爲光源2 6。將光源2 6與入射面2 5以反射鏡2 7 (導光機 構)包圍。反射鏡2 7將來自光源2 6之光僅向入射面2 5導 --------- 18- ____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 ___ _____________ —__B7 五、發明説明(16 ) 光。反射銃2 7可使用如鋁帶等。藉上述步驟可完成具備作 爲輔ii力照明之前光2 0之反射型l c D。 該反射型LCD在周圍光不充足時,可將前光2〇點亮於照 明杈式使用,在可獲得充足之周圍光時,可將前光2 〇關 熄於反射模式使用。 ^ 此處,一面參照圖3(a)至圖3(c)一面説明前光2〇之動作 原理。 如削所述,導光體2 4之向入射面2 5之傾斜部2 2之投影總 和等於入射面25。因此,來自光源26之入射光中,與入射 面2 5垂直之成分如圖3 ( a)所示,由傾斜部2 2反射,自界面 2 8向圖3 ( a)中未圖示之液晶胞丨〇輸出。 又,如圖3 (b )所示,來自光源2 6之入射光之中,首先入 射至界面23之成分,依其在導光體24内之動向可分爲二 類。其一如圖3(b)所示之31a,向傾斜部22直接入射而被 反射’成爲向液晶胞1 〇之輸出光3 1 b。其二如圖3 (b )所示 之光3 2 a ’在平坦部2 1與界面2 8之間全反射,將導光體2 4 内予以傳送,最後到達傾斜部2 2而被反射,成爲輸出光 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 3 2 b。又’如圖3 ( c )所示,來自光源2 6之入射光之中,首 先入射至界面28之成分,於界面28與界面23之平坦部21 之間全反射,將導光體2 4内予以傳送,最後到達傾斜部2 2 而被反射’自界面2 8向液晶胞1 〇輸出。 由上述説明可知,幾乎全部來自光源2 6向導光體2 4之入 射光之成分、於傾斜部2 2反射,通過界面2 8向液晶胞1 〇 出射。即,本實施形態之前光2 〇因具備具有階段狀界面2 3 ------ - - 19 -___^___ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 505812 A7 ____B7 ___ 五、發明説明(17 ) 之導光體2 4 ’使得來自光源2 6之光之損失極少,可提升光 源光之利用效率。 次之説明用以使光源光之利用效率更加提升之傾斜部2 2 或平坦部2 1之條件1 - 3。 1 .關於傾斜部2 2 於導光體2 4中,界面2 3之傾斜部2 2主要具有作爲將來自 光源2 6之入射光予以反射之反射面之功能。另一方面,界 面2 3之平坦部2 1主要功能是作爲透過面,將液晶胞丨〇背 面所設之反射板17所反射之光,以及周圍光予以透過。 爲了使來自光源2 6之入射光於傾斜部全反射,必需滿足 以下之條件。即,入射至具有相異之折射率之物質所連接 之面(界面)之入射光,其入射角在臨界角以上時會於界面 全反射。因此,爲使入射至傾斜部2 2之光於傾斜部2 2全反 射’則以(式2 )所示之入射沒1入射至傾斜部2 2即可。 θ \ ^ Θ c = arcsin(n2/n1 ).............(式 2) 惟上式2中 θ 1 ··向傾斜部2 2之入射角 ηι :導光體24之折射率 η 2 ·傾斜邵2 2中與導光體2 4相連接之物質之折射率 Θ c Μ頃斜部2 2之臨界角 如上述,若向傾斜部22之光之入射角θ 1滿足式2而形成 傾斜邵22,則可抑制光自傾斜部22向導光體24外部漏 本紙張尺細中國---- (讀先閱讀背面I注意事贫再填寫本頁)505812 A7 --------- 5. Description of the invention (15), and the brushing direction is arranged in parallel and anti-direction (that is, anti-parallel), and the adhesive is used for bonding. At this time, a glass spacer element (not shown) with a particle size of 4.5 / im is dispersed in advance between the electrode substrates na and nb, thereby forming uniformly spaced gaps. A liquid crystal layer 12 is formed in this space by introducing liquid crystal through hollow air. As the material of the liquid crystal layer 12, for example, a liquid crystal material (trade name: ZLI-3926) made by MeRUKU can be used. The Δη of this liquid crystal material was 0.2030. However, the liquid crystal material is not limited to this, and various liquid crystals can be used. Furthermore, the reflecting plate 丨 7 on the outside of the glass substrate 1 4 b is bonded to the name plate subjected to normal processing with an epoxy-based adhesive. On the other hand, a polarizing plate 8 is provided on the outer surface of the glass substrate 1 4a, and its polarization axis is set to 4 5 with the liquid crystal alignment direction of the liquid crystal layer 12. . The reflective liquid crystal cell 10 is manufactured by the above steps. On this liquid crystal cell i 0, the front light 20 is combined in the following manner to manufacture a reflective LCD with a front lighting device. First, a light guide 24 is laminated on the polarizer 18 of the liquid crystal cell 10. Between the polarizing plate 8 of the liquid crystal cell 10 and the light guide 24, a spacer element (not shown) with a particle diameter of 50 m is dispersed in advance. Thereby, voids 29 are formed due to the substantially uniform thickness of the particle diameter of these spacer elements. That is, the interface of the light guide 2 4 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2 8 is optically equivalent to the interface between PMMA and the air layer. In addition, because the gap 29 has a thickness of about 100 times the wavelength of light, it is possible to suppress the interference caused by the gap 29. Secondly, a fluorescent tube is provided as the light source 26 so as to face the incident surface 25 of the light guide 24. The light source 26 and the incident surface 25 are surrounded by a mirror 27 (light guide mechanism). The reflector 2 7 guides the light from the light source 2 6 only to the incident surface 2 5 --------- 18- ____ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 ___ _____________ —__ B7 V. Description of the invention (16) Light. Reflective 铳 2 7 can be used such as aluminum tape. By the above steps, a reflection type l c D having a light of 20 before supplementary illumination can be completed. The reflective LCD can illuminate the front light 20 in the illumination mode when the ambient light is not sufficient, and can turn off the front light 20 in the reflection mode when sufficient ambient light is available. ^ Here, the operation principle of the front light 20 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 (a) to 3 (c). As described above, the total projection of the inclined portions 22 of the light guide 24 toward the incident surface 25 is equal to the incident surface 25. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3 (a), the component of the incident light from the light source 26 that is perpendicular to the incident surface 25 is reflected by the inclined portion 22 and from the interface 28 to the liquid crystal not shown in FIG. 3 (a). Cell 丨 〇 output. As shown in FIG. 3 (b), among the incident light from the light source 26, the components that first enter the interface 23 can be classified into two types according to their movements in the light guide 24. One is 31a shown in Fig. 3 (b), which is directly incident on the inclined portion 22 and is reflected 'to output light 3 1b to the liquid crystal cell 10. Second, as shown in FIG. 3 (b), the light 3 2 a 'is totally reflected between the flat portion 21 and the interface 28, and the light guide 2 4 is transmitted, and finally it reaches the inclined portion 22 and is reflected. Become printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Output Light Economy 3 2 b. Also as shown in FIG. 3 (c), among the incident light from the light source 26, the component that is incident on the interface 28 first is totally reflected between the interface 28 and the flat portion 21 of the interface 23, and the light guide 2 4 It is transmitted inside, finally reaches the inclined portion 2 2 and is reflected, and is output from the interface 28 to the liquid crystal cell 10. As can be seen from the above description, almost all of the components of the incident light from the light source 26 to the light guide 24 are reflected by the inclined portion 22 and emitted to the liquid crystal cell 10 through the interface 28. That is to say, before the present embodiment, the light 2 has a step-like interface 2 3 --------19 -___ ^ ___ This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Central of the Ministry of Economy Printed by the Consumer Bureau of Standards Bureau 505812 A7 ____B7 ___ 5. The light guide 2 4 'of the invention description (17) makes the loss of light from light source 26 very small, which can improve the utilization efficiency of light from the light source. Next, the conditions 1-3 of the inclined portion 2 2 or the flat portion 21 for improving the utilization efficiency of the light source light will be described. 1. Regarding the inclined portion 2 2 In the light guide 24, the inclined portion 22 of the interface 23 is mainly used as a reflecting surface that reflects incident light from the light source 26. On the other hand, the flat portion 21 of the interface 23 is mainly used as a transmission surface to transmit the light reflected by the reflection plate 17 provided on the rear surface of the liquid crystal cell and the surrounding light. In order for the incident light from the light source 26 to be totally reflected by the inclined portion, the following conditions must be satisfied. That is, the incident light incident on the surface (interface) to which materials with different refractive indices are connected will be totally reflected at the interface when the incident angle is above the critical angle. Therefore, in order for the light incident on the inclined portion 22 to be totally reflected on the inclined portion 22 ', the incident light 1 may be incident on the inclined portion 22 as shown in (Expression 2). θ \ ^ Θ c = arcsin (n2 / n1) ............ (Equation 2) However, in Equation 2 above, the incident angle of θ 1 to the inclined portion 2 2: light guide The refractive index η 2 of the body 24 · The refractive index θ c Μ of the substance connected to the light guide 2 4 in the tilt Shao 2 2 is the critical angle of the inclined portion 2 2 as described above. If the incident angle of the light to the inclined portion 22 is θ 1 satisfies Equation 2 and forms tilt Shao 22, which can prevent light from leaking from the tilted portion 22 to the outside of the light guide 24. This paper ruler is thin. China-(Read the back of the page first, pay attention to the problem before filling in this page)

505812 A7 B7 五 發明説明(18 戍’可更提高光的利用效率。 2 .關於平坦部2 1 先前雖述及平坦部2 1主要係使先透過之區域,但透過平 坦部2 1之光有: (1 V來自液晶胞1 0之反射光 (2 )於反射模式下使用之情況下之周圍光。 訂 上述(1 )之輸出光於液晶胞1 〇之液晶層1 2調光,於反射 板1 7反射再入射至導光體2 4後,自界面2 3向觀察者侧出 射,但,此時主要係自平坦部2 1輸出。又,反射板1 7所反 射之光成爲擴散光。若要使此擴散光在平坦部2 1反射且極 少透過,則對平坦部2 1以臨界角以下之角度入射爲理想。 臨界角雖依導光體2 4之折射率變化,但導光體2 4之材料爲 PMMA時約爲42。左右。即,來自液晶胞1()之輸出光對導 光體2 4之平坦部2 1以約4 0。以下入射爲宜。505812 A7 B7 Fifth invention description (18 戍 'can improve the use efficiency of light. 2. About the flat part 2 1 Although the flat part 2 1 was mentioned previously, it mainly refers to the area that is transmitted first, but the light transmitted through the flat part 21 has : (1 V reflected light from the liquid crystal cell 10 (2) ambient light in the case of using in reflection mode. Order the output light of (1) above the liquid crystal layer 12 of the liquid crystal cell 1 2 to adjust the light and reflect After the plate 17 reflects and enters the light guide 24, it exits from the interface 23 to the observer side. However, at this time, it is mainly output from the flat portion 21. The light reflected by the reflecting plate 17 becomes diffused light. If the diffused light is to be reflected by the flat portion 21 and rarely transmitted, it is desirable to make the flat portion 21 incident at an angle below the critical angle. Although the critical angle varies depending on the refractive index of the light guide 24, the light is guided. When the material of the body 24 is PMMA, it is about 42. That is, the output light from the liquid crystal cell 1 () is about 40 to the flat portion 21 of the light guide body 24. The following incidence is preferable.

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 又,平坦部2 1不一定要與界面2 8平行。對平坦部2 1之入 射角亦依存於反射板1 7之光的散射範圍。因此,若考慮反 射板1 7之特性,如圖4所示,例如反射板丨7之光所散射之 主要範圍若設爲對反射板17之法線成±3〇。左右,則若將 平坦部2 1對反射板1 7之傾斜角度j設爲在約± i 〇。以 内,便可使平坦部2 1所反射之光的成分33減至極少。另, 圖4中爲能明顯看出平坦部21對界面28傾斜,而將傾斜角 度6表示成比上述理想範圍更大。 如此,若平坦部21對界面28平行或傾斜在士1〇。以内, 則來自光源26之入射光會以比對傾斜部22之入射角更大之 ^21 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ^—_______^B7____ 五、發明説明(19 ) — 入射角入射至平坦部2丨。因此,自光源2 6入射至平坦部 2 1之光不易向外部漏洩,於平坦部2 1所反射之光量便變 多。藉此即抑制了光源光之漏失。 又’考慮將本反射型LCD在將前光2〇關燈之反射模式下 使用之情況。此時,若考慮上述(2 )之反射模式所使用之情 '兄下之周圍光’爲了向液晶胞1 0内取入充足之周圍光,則 平坦部2 1之面積越大越好。 3.界面23之傾斜部22與平坦部2 1之配置 關於界面2 3之傾斜部2 2與平坦部2 1之配置,以下兩條件 很重要。 (a)使用者自界面2 3側看反射型l C D時,傾斜部2 2之面積 需小,平坦部2 1之面積需大。 (b )傾斜部2 2對入射面2 5之投影之總和需大,平坦部2 1之 投影之總和需小。 上述(a)之條件即指平坦部2 1對界面2 8之投影總和比傾 斜部2 2之投影總和大。傾斜部2 2對界面2 8之投影之大小 係依圖2 ( c )所示之傾斜部2 2對界面2 8之傾斜角泛所決定, 故藉由調整傾斜角之大小,可使使用者所看到的傾斜部2 2 之面積與平坦部2 1之面積相比顯得非常小。 又,藉由將傾斜部22及平坦部2 1之間隙與液晶胞1〇之掃 描線之空隙處或匯流排線配合,可於液晶胞1 0進行實際顯 示之區域上整體配置平坦部2 1,可更進一步提升光的利用 效率。 上述(b )之條件如前所述,意指爲了有效利用來自光源 __ _— -22- _____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) (請先閱讀背面、5'注意事咬再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Moreover, the flat section 2 1 does not have to be parallel to the interface 2 8. The incident angle to the flat portion 21 also depends on the light scattering range of the reflection plate 17. Therefore, if the characteristics of the reflecting plate 17 are considered, as shown in FIG. 4, for example, if the main range of light scattered by the reflecting plate 7 is set to ± 30 to the normal of the reflecting plate 17. Left and right, if the inclination angle j of the flat portion 21 to the reflecting plate 17 is set to about ± i0. Within this range, the component 33 of the light reflected by the flat portion 21 can be minimized. In addition, in Fig. 4, in order to clearly see that the flat portion 21 is inclined with respect to the interface 28, the inclination angle 6 is shown to be larger than the above-mentioned ideal range. As such, if the flat portion 21 faces the interface 28 in parallel or inclines at ± 10. Within, the incident light from the light source 26 will be larger than the incident angle of the inclined portion 22 ^ 21-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ^ _______ ^ B7____ 5. Description of the Invention (19) — Incident The angle is incident on the flat portion 2 丨. Therefore, the light incident on the flat portion 21 from the light source 26 is unlikely to leak to the outside, and the amount of light reflected on the flat portion 21 increases. This suppresses light leakage from the light source. It is also considered that the reflection type LCD is used in a reflection mode in which the front light is turned off by 20%. At this time, in consideration of the conditions used in the reflection mode (2) above, "Brother's ambient light", in order to take in sufficient ambient light into the liquid crystal cell 10, the larger the area of the flat portion 21 is, the better. 3. Arrangement of the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 of the interface 23 Regarding the arrangement of the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 of the interface 23, the following two conditions are important. (a) When the user looks at the reflective LCD from the interface 23 side, the area of the inclined portion 22 needs to be small, and the area of the flat portion 21 needs to be large. (b) The sum of the projections of the inclined portion 22 to the incident surface 25 needs to be large, and the sum of the projections of the flat portion 21 needs to be small. The above condition (a) means that the total projection of the flat portion 21 to the interface 28 is larger than the total projection of the inclined portion 22. The size of the projection of the inclined portion 22 to the interface 28 is determined according to the tilt angle of the inclined portion 22 to the interface 28 shown in FIG. 2 (c). Therefore, by adjusting the size of the inclined angle, the user can be adjusted. The area of the inclined portion 2 2 seen is very small compared to the area of the flat portion 21. In addition, by matching the gap between the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 with the gap between the scanning lines of the liquid crystal cell 10 or the bus bar, the flat portion 2 1 can be arranged on the area where the liquid crystal cell 10 is actually displayed. , Can further improve the utilization efficiency of light. The condition of (b) above is as mentioned above, which means that in order to effectively use the light source __ _— -22- _____ This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297mm) ( (Please read the back, 5 'Cautions before filling in this page)

五 '發明説明(2〇 261人射光,在自法線方向看人射面25之情況下,僅可辨 視界面2 3之傾斜部2 2者爲理想。 次之,説明前光20之照明光強度之測定結果。爲了測定 前光20之照明光強度,f吏用圖5所示之測定系。即,設前 光20之界面28之法線方向設爲〇。,以檢知器㈣定自 0。至±90。之範圍之光強度。 結果示於圖6。依圖6可知,於前光2〇中,自光源^通過 入射面25向導光體24入射之光,依導光體24之作用,會 向界面28之大約法線方向出射。即,前光2〇可將來自配置 於導光體2 4側面之光源2 6之光,對液晶胞丨〇垂直入射, 具有作爲明亮的輔助照明之功能。 又,本實施形態之反射型1^(:1)與透過型LCD或CRT、 P D P等本身發光型之頭示器相比較,具有可更明亮地顯示 之優點。 即,如圖7(a)所示,來自本身發光型之顯示器3 5之光 36a之進行方向,對周圍光37成相反。因此,自光36&減 去周圍光3 7所得之成分3 6 b可由觀察者辨識。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 相對於此,本貫施形態之反射型L c d在於照明模式下使 用之情況下’如圖7 ( b )所示,來自前光2 〇之輔助光3 9 a與 周圍光37由液晶胞1〇之反射板(未圖示)反射,相當於輔助 光3 9 a與周圍光3 7之和的成分3 9 b可由觀察者辨識。藉 此,不僅在暗處,即使在日正當中之户外般的明亮處,皆 可更明亮地顯示。 如此’本實施形態之構造,因具備前光2 〇成階梯狀之導 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) A7 A7 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 發明説明(21 ) 光體24,可提升自光源26所出射之光的利用 “ 周園光不充足之情況下,可對液晶胞1〇提供充足猎此, 七,而可提供不受周圍環境影響而能經常 明 不之反射型L C D。 了月冗的顯 如上所述,本發明之前方照明裝 體,用以配置於被照明物前方使用者,並=原及導光 備…㈣,將來自光源之光予以入射、,=::體具 破照明物將光出射:及第2出射面,與向 向,將來自被照明物之反射光予 '二:面相對 係和王要知“光源的光向第】出射面反射 王要將來自被照明物之反射光予以透、 交互配置成階梯狀。 干一斗,丁以 射此:自上造中,照、明光自第1出射面向被照明物出 先=自,照明物之反射光自上述第1出射面再度回到導 把内,边過第2出射面之平坦部 C,與第!出射面相對二== 之門I:人互配置成階梯狀…位於平坦部與平坦部 :::傾:邵,主要係將光源光向第1出射面反射之故, “ 成分的全部料上述傾斜部反射,自第1 被照明物照射。藉此,與具有大致成平板狀之導 4二構造相比較,本發明之前方照明裝置可使與平 明物-:?:Γ先的成分不會向導光體外漏茂,而向被照 一 '、’欠’可提供使光源光的利用效率提高,更明亮 〜則万照明裝置。 24- (210X297公釐) (請先聞讀背面、々注意事'項再填寫本頁) -訂Fifth invention description (2,0261 people shoot light, in the case of looking at the human shooting surface 25 from the normal direction, it is ideal to only see the inclined portion 22 of the interface 23. Second, the illumination of the front light 20 is explained The measurement result of the light intensity. In order to measure the illumination light intensity of the front light 20, the measurement system shown in FIG. 5 is used. That is, the normal direction of the interface 28 of the front light 20 is set to 0. The detector ㈣ The light intensity is set in the range from 0 to ± 90. The results are shown in Fig. 6. According to Fig. 6, in the front light 20, the light incident from the light source ^ through the incident surface 25 to the light guide 24 is guided by the light. The function of the body 24 will be emitted toward the normal direction of the interface 28. That is, the front light 20 can vertically enter the liquid crystal cell light from the light source 26 arranged on the side of the light guide 24, and has the function of The function of bright auxiliary lighting. In addition, the reflective type 1 ^ (: 1) of this embodiment has the advantage of being able to display more brightly than the transmissive LCD, CRT, PDP and other self-emissive head indicators. As shown in FIG. 7 (a), the direction of the light 36a from the self-emissive display 3 5 is opposite to the surrounding light 37 Therefore, the component 3 6 b obtained by subtracting ambient light 37 from the light 36 & can be identified by the observer. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the reflection type L cd in this form is in the lighting mode. In the case of use ', as shown in FIG. 7 (b), the auxiliary light 3 9 a and the surrounding light 37 from the front light 2 0 are reflected by a reflecting plate (not shown) of the liquid crystal cell 10, which is equivalent to the auxiliary light 3 9 The component 3 9 b, which is the sum of a and ambient light 37, can be recognized by the observer. As a result, it can be displayed more brightly not only in dark places, but also in bright places like outdoors in the middle of the day. The structure is provided with a stepwise guide of the front light. -23- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) A7 A7 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (21) The light body 24 can enhance the utilization of the light emitted from the light source 26. "In the case of insufficient Zhouyuan light, it can provide sufficient hunting for the liquid crystal cell 10. Seven, and it can provide regularity without being affected by the surrounding environment. Obviously reflective LCD. As described above, the front lighting body of the present invention is configured to be placed in front of the user of the illuminated object, and the original and the light guide are prepared ... ㈣, the light from the light source is incident, and the body is broken: The illuminator emits light: and the second exit surface, and the direction, will reflect the light from the illuminated object to the second: the surface relative system and Wang Yaozhi, "the light from the light source to the first exit surface. The reflected light of the illuminating object is transparent and is arranged in a staircase interactively. After a fight, Ding Yi shot this: In the above construction, the light and bright light from the first exit to the illuminated object = first, since, the reflected light of the illuminating object is from the above. The first exit surface returns to the guide again, passing through the flat portion C of the second exit surface, opposite to the second exit surface == Gate I: People are arranged in a stepped manner to each other ... Located on the flat portion and the flat portion :: : Inclination: Shao, mainly because the light from the light source is reflected toward the first exit surface. "All of the components are reflected by the above-mentioned inclined portion and irradiated from the first illuminated object. In this way, compared with the structure of the guide plate having a substantially flat plate shape, the front lighting device of the present invention can make the components that are in front of the light object-:?: Γ not leak to the outside of the light, but to the light. "Under" can provide the use of light source light to improve the efficiency, brighter ~ ~ million lighting devices. 24- (210X297 mm) (please read the back and “Notes” before filling out this page)-Order

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 、發明説明(22 ) 又’上述構造係具備 方使用之前方照明裝w ::導“,配置於被照明物前 .^ t 衣置,其中上述導光體具備:平面狀之 厂氏面:與上述底面相對向之表面:及來自光源的光所入: 革上述表面亦可爲對底面成大致成行之平坦部, ^ 成㈤方向傾斜之傾斜部,成交互配置之階 梯狀。 g 本發明之前方昭明壯w、尺L丄^ …' 月衣置於上述構造中,上述入射面係存 ,於導光體側面。此外,因來自導光體側面之光反射,使 u觀祭者不會直接見到光源之優點。藉此,來自光源 〈直接光不會影響被照明物之像,可得到能獲得鮮明的被 照明物之前方照明裝置。 本發明(則方照明裝置,其中上述傾斜部在與第i出射面 垂直之平面上的投影總和係與入射面在上述平面上的投影 大致相等。此外,自導光體之入射面所入射之光中,與第 1出射面平行又成分的全部向傾斜部入射,再向第丨出射面 反射。藉此,可更提升光源光之利用效率,可提供更明亮 之前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,其中更具備使來自光源的光僅 入射土上述入射面之聚光機構。此外,可更減少光源光之 損失之故,可更提高光源光之利用效率,提供更明亮之面 光源的前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,其中上述傾斜部在上述第1出射 面投影面積總和比上述平坦部在上述第1出射面投影面積 總和小。因而上述第1出射面入射之來自被照明物的反射 -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面、注意襄項再填寫本頁) •訂Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China, Invention Description (22) and 'The above structure is provided by the party before using the side lighting equipment w :: guide ", which is placed in front of the object to be illuminated. The body is provided with: a flat factory surface: a surface opposite to the above bottom surface: and light from a light source: the above surface may also be a flat portion that is roughly aligned with the bottom surface, ^ an inclined portion inclined in a ㈤ direction, The step-like configuration is alternately arranged. G Before the present invention, Fang Zhaomingzhuang w, ruler L 丄 ^… 'Moon clothing is placed in the above structure, and the above incident surface exists on the side of the light guide. In addition, since it comes from the side of the light guide The light is reflected so that the person watching the festival will not see the advantages of the light source directly. By this, the direct light from the light source will not affect the image of the illuminated object, and a front lighting device that can obtain a bright illuminated object can be obtained. The invention (the conventional illumination device, wherein the sum of the projection of the inclined portion on a plane perpendicular to the i-th exit surface is substantially equal to the projection of the incident surface on the above plane. In addition, the incident light from the incident surface of the light guide is incident. In the middle, all of the components that are parallel to the first exit surface are incident on the inclined portion, and then reflected to the first exit surface. This can improve the utilization efficiency of the light from the light source and provide a brighter front lighting device. The lighting device further includes a light focusing mechanism that allows light from a light source to enter only the above-mentioned incident surface. In addition, the loss of light from the light source can be further reduced, the utilization efficiency of the light from the light source can be further improved, and a brighter surface light source can be provided. Front lighting device. In the front lighting device of the present invention, the total projected area of the inclined portion on the first output surface is smaller than the total projected area of the flat portion on the first output surface. Therefore, the incident light from the first output surface comes from the illumination. Object reflection -25- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 mm) (Please read the back, pay attention to the items before filling this page) • Order

五、發明説明(23 ) 光,通過第2出射而、 得到更明亮鮮明之:平坦部向觀察者侧出射之故,若欲 部之投影總和小爲佳:則儘量使傾斜部之投影總和比平坦 示被照明物之像之平匕外依上迷構造’王要可使對顯 明亮鮮明之像之前方::面積增加。結果,可得到能獲得 則万照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置’係於上述構造中並中上述平押 Γο係S述:1:射面成平行或對上述第1出射面成具有 品質之二Γ::;出^ 角度做部,物㈣面之傾斜 本發明之前方照明裝置係於上述構造中,滿足上述式2。 此係Q來自光源向第2出射面之傾斜部入射之光,於該傾 斜4王反射馬罝又故,若使向傾斜部之入射角^ 1滿足上述 ‘件」向傾斜部之入射光會全反射。藉此,來自光源的 光不會自傾斜部向觀察者側漏洩,可更加提升光的利用效 率〜果,可得到具有更明亮的面光源功能之前方昭明裝 置。 Μ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (23) Light is brighter and brighter through the second emission: the flat part is emitted to the observer side, if the sum of the projections of the desired parts is small: it is better to make the sum of the projections of the inclined parts as small as possible. The flat dagger that shows the image of the illuminated object is structured according to the fascination, and the king must make the bright and vivid image in front of it: the area is increased. As a result, it is possible to obtain a tens of thousands of lighting devices. The forefront lighting device of the present invention is in the above-mentioned structure and the above-mentioned flattening Γο is described in the following: 1: the emitting surface is parallel or the first emitting surface has two qualities Γ ::; Inclination of the object plane The front illumination device of the present invention is in the above-mentioned structure and satisfies the above-mentioned formula 2. This is the light from the light source incident on the inclined part of the second exit surface. At this oblique angle, the king reflects the horse. If the incident angle to the inclined part ^ 1 satisfies the above-mentioned "piece", the incident light to the inclined part will be Total reflection. Thereby, the light from the light source is not leaked from the inclined portion to the observer side, and the utilization efficiency of light can be further improved. As a result, the previous device having a brighter surface light source function can be obtained. Μ Yinfan, a staff consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,具備具有反射板之反射 型液晶7L件;除此之外,於上述反射型液晶元件前面配置 有上述構造之前方照明裝置。 藉此,例如於日中當中之户外般周圍光量十分充足之情 況下,可於將前方照明裝置關燈之狀態使用:另一方面, 在供法獲得充足之周圍光量時,則可將前方照明裝置予以 開燈使用。結果,可提供無論周圍環境如何,皆可經常性 -26 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(24 ) 獲得明亮的高品質之顯示的反射型液晶顯示裝置。 又,本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,係於上述構造中, 反射型液晶元件具備掃描線:上述掃描線之間距與前方照 明裝置之第2出射面之平坦部之間距大約相等,於掃描線 上方配置有平坦部者爲理想。藉此,可於以液晶元件實際 進行顯示之圖素區域上,配置平坦部。結果,來自圖素區 域之反射光,向平坦部毫不浪費地入射之故,可進一步提 升光的利用效率,可提供能實現高品質顯示之反射型液晶 顯示裝置。 [實施形態2 ] 以F基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 本實施形態之反射型L C D如圖8所示,其特徵爲於液晶 胞1 〇前面具備前光系統5 1,其係由實施形態1所説明之前 光2 0 (第1導光體)與楔型之第2導光體4 0所構成。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上述第2導光體4 〇係配置於前光2 0之導光體2 4與液晶胞 1 0之間,具有對導光體2 4之界面2 8平行之斜面4 1,以及 對液晶胞1 0表面平行之底面4 2。與底面4 2相對之斜面4 1 之傾斜角如圖9 ( a)所示。於導光體2 4之界面2 3中,將傾斜 部2 2與平坦部2 1呈鋸齒狀連接的部分予以相互連結之線 4 9 ’以設計成與底面4 2平行爲理想。 又’第2導光體40以至少與作爲第1導光體之導光體24之 折射率相同之材質形成爲理想。當然,將第2導光體4 0以 —— — _ -27-尽、,氏張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21GX297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(25 ) 與導光體24完全相同之杖 2遒光m 形“可。又,導光體24與第 z寸九f豆4 0,右係依如射 化製程。 #出成开,寺予以-體成型,則可簡 於導光體2 4與第2導光體4 〇之 l U之間隙中,予以散布粒徑50 &quot;m之間隔元件(未圖示 邛权仫5〇 4〇&gt; p, p, ^ α Α導光體24與第2導光體 4 υ〈間隙ι間,形成的命 成、、々一上述間隔凡件之粒徑相等之空隙 4 j 〇 罘2導光ta40〈辰面42與液晶胞1〇之偏光板以之間,殖 ^ 了使=者之折射率成—致之填充劑(未圖示)。藉此,防 止了因第2導光體4 〇盘變更妬〗R 士 上』 ^、又吏板18心界面之反射造成之光的 哀減,可更進一步抑制光 ^ l天。另,上述%无劑可 使用U V硬化性樹脂或水楊酸甲基等。 、此處况明万;導光體2 4與液晶胞i 〇之間設第2導光體4 〇之 效果p 4 ® 9 (b)所不’未攻第2導光體4 〇之構造(實施形態1), 自傾斜部22至作爲向液晶胞1G之出射面之界㈣爲止之 距離U,係離光源26之距離χ„越大而越小。而相對於此, 本實施形態之前光系統51係如圖9(a)所示,因具備第2導 光l 4 0 土作爲向液晶胞1 〇之出射面之第2導光體的底面 42爲止之距離ln,與離光源26之距離χη無關,大致相等。 即,第2導光體40,具有使自前光2〇之傾斜部22至液晶 胞ίο爲止之距離成爲一定之效果,使得前光系統51與離光 源26之距離無關,具有可作爲出射—定亮度之光的面光源 之效果。 28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The reflection type liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes a reflection type liquid crystal 7L element having a reflection plate; in addition, a front-side illumination device having the above-mentioned structure is disposed in front of the reflection type liquid crystal element. This way, for example, when the amount of ambient light is sufficient outdoors, such as in the middle of the day, you can use the front lighting device in the state of turning off the light: on the other hand, when a sufficient amount of ambient light is available, the front lighting The device should be turned on. As a result, it can provide regularity regardless of the surrounding environment. -26 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (24) Get bright and high-quality display Reflection type liquid crystal display device. In addition, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention is in the above structure, and the reflective liquid crystal element includes scanning lines: the distance between the scanning lines and the flat portion of the second exit surface of the front lighting device is approximately equal, and the scanning line It is preferable to arrange a flat part on the side. Thereby, a flat portion can be arranged on a pixel area where a liquid crystal element is actually displayed. As a result, the reflected light from the pixel region is incident on the flat portion without waste, and the utilization efficiency of light can be further improved, and a reflective liquid crystal display device capable of realizing high-quality display can be provided. [Embodiment 2] Another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawing. In addition, the structures having the same functions as those described in each of the embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted. As shown in FIG. 8, the reflective LCD of this embodiment is characterized in that a front light system 51 is provided in front of the liquid crystal cell 10, which is described in the first embodiment of the front light 20 (the first light guide) and the wedge. It is composed of a second light guide 40 of the type. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The second light guide 4 0 is the light guide 2 4 arranged in the front light 20 and the liquid crystal cell 10 There is an inclined surface 41 parallel to the interface 28 of the light guide 24 and a bottom surface 42 parallel to the surface of the liquid crystal cell 10. The inclination angle of the inclined surface 4 1 opposite to the bottom surface 4 2 is shown in Fig. 9 (a). In the interface 23 of the light guide 2 4, a line 4 9 ′ that connects the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 in a zigzag manner to each other is preferably designed to be parallel to the bottom surface 4 2. The second light guide 40 is preferably formed of a material having at least the same refractive index as that of the light guide 24 as the first light guide. Of course, the second light guide 40 will be printed with —— _ -27-, the scale of the scale will be applicable to the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX297 mm). 2. Description of the invention (25) The rod 2 which is exactly the same as the light guide 24 has a light m-shaped "yes." Moreover, the light guide 24 and the z-inch nine f beans 40, the right is based on the radiochemical process. # 出 成When the temple is opened and the body is formed, the gap between the light guide body 24 and the second light guide body 1 U can be simplified, and a spacer element with a particle diameter of 50 &quot; m (not shown) 5〇4〇 p, p, ^ α Α light guide 24 and the second light guide 4 υ <the gap ι, the formation of the formation, the above-mentioned space between the particles with the same particle diameter 4 j 〇 罘 2 light guide ta40 (Chen surface 42 and the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal cell 10), a filler (not shown) is formed to make the refractive index of the photoresist (not shown). This prevents 2 light guide 4 〇 disk change jealous 〖R Shi Shang "^, and the light sorrow caused by the reflection of the heart interface of the plate 18 can further suppress the light ^ 1 day. In addition, the above% non-agent can use UV curing Sex resin or Salicylic acid methyl, etc., here the situation is million; the effect of the second light guide 4 〇 between the light guide 2 4 and the liquid crystal cell i 〇 p 4 ® 9 (b) does not attack the second guide In the structure of the light body 40 (Embodiment 1), the distance U from the inclined portion 22 to the boundary 向 toward the exit surface of the liquid crystal cell 1G is greater and smaller from the light source 26. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 9 (a), the light system 51 before the present embodiment has a distance up to the bottom surface 42 of the second light guide body having the second light guide 1 4 0 as the exit surface to the liquid crystal cell 10. ln is approximately the same regardless of the distance χη from the light source 26. That is, the second light guide 40 has the effect of making the distance from the inclined portion 22 of the front light 20 to the liquid crystal cell ο constant, so that the front light system 51 Regardless of the distance from the light source 26, it has the effect of being a surface light source that emits light of a constant brightness. 28- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again)

A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(26 ) 此處,爲確定第2導光體所獲致之效果,如圖1〇(昀所 示,一面將檢知器44對第2導光體40之底面42平行移動, 一面測定前光系統5丨之輸出光之亮度分布。又,設入射面 25附近爲測定開始位置ps,設於底面42中離光源%最遠 的位置馬測定結束位1PE。測定結果如圖11(昀所示。 同樣地,爲用以比較,爲了測定未設第2導光體40之構 造(貫施形毖1 )之輸出光的亮度分布,如圖i 〇 ( b )所示,將 檢知器44對前光20之界面28一面平行移動,一面進行測 疋。又,設入射面26附近爲測定開始位置ps,設於界面以 中離光源26最遠的位置爲測定結束位置&amp;,測定結果如圖 1 1 (b )所示。 比較圖11(a)及(b)可知,未設第2導光體4〇之情況下, 如圖1 i(b)所示,亮度之峰頂之間距p係離光源26越遠越 小。相對於此,本貫施形態之前光系統5 1如圖1 1 ( a)所 示,亮度之峰頂之間距p則係對第2導光體4〇之底面42全 體皆大致相等,亮度之峰値亦一樣。 如此,本實施形態之反射型LCD,於液晶胞1〇前面具備 m光系統,此前光系統5丨在作爲第i導光體之導光體2 4, 與液晶胞10之間,具備使自導光體24之傾斜部22至液晶 胞1 0爲止之距離成爲一定之第2導光體4 〇,使得前光系統 5 1可不產生不均地照明液晶胞丨〇,具有即使於無法得到充 足4周圍光之情況下,亦可獲得明亮且不均之高品質之顯 TF之效果。 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置,其中若設實施形態i之導 (請先閱讀背面)之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (26) Here, in order to determine the effect obtained by the second light guide, as shown in Fig. 10 (昀), the detector 44 The bottom surface 42 of the second light guide 40 moves in parallel, and the brightness distribution of the output light of the front light system 5 丨 is measured while measuring the starting position ps near the incident surface 25, which is located in the bottom surface 42 farthest from the light source%. The position is 1PE at the end of the measurement. The measurement results are shown in Fig. 11 (昀). Similarly, for comparison, for the purpose of measuring the brightness distribution of the output light without the structure (the second embodiment) of the second light guide 40 As shown in FIG. 10 (b), the detector 44 is moved parallel to the interface 28 of the front light 20, and the measurement is performed. Also, the vicinity of the incident surface 26 is set to the measurement start position ps, and is set to the middle of the interface. The farthest position from the light source 26 is the measurement end position &amp; the measurement results are shown in Fig. 1 (b). Comparing Fig. 11 (a) and (b), it can be seen that the second light guide 40 is not provided. As shown in FIG. 1 i (b), the distance p between the peaks of the brightness is smaller as the distance from the light source 26 is smaller. Before the state, the light system 51 is shown in FIG. 11 (a), and the distance p between the peaks of the brightness is substantially equal to the bottom surface 42 of the second light guide 40, and the brightness peak 値 is the same. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is provided with an m-light system in front of the liquid crystal cell 10. Previously, the light system 5 丨 was provided between the light guide 24, which is the i-th light guide, and the liquid crystal cell 10, so as to allow self-guided light. The distance from the inclined portion 22 of the body 24 to the liquid crystal cell 10 becomes a certain second light guide body 4 0, so that the front light system 51 can illuminate the liquid crystal cell unevenly, and even if sufficient 4 surroundings cannot be obtained Under the condition of light, the effect of bright and uneven high-quality display TF can also be obtained. As mentioned above, in the former lighting device of the present invention, if the guidance of the implementation form i is set (please read the back first), then fill in this page)

⑽812 五 、發明説明(27 ) A7 B7 =第1Π,則進—步具備將來自上述第1出射面之 射光足7U度刀布丁以平均化之第2導光體。 本發明之前方照明裝置,因第i導光體形成 自第2出射面之傾斜部至第1出射面爲止之距離,乃 離光源之距離而成比例變小。 ^乃 射之光的亮度分布並非均―。上述 體,使得向被照明物之出射光的亮度分布均:化、T光 可提供具有無亮度不均之面光源功能之 匕^疋便 本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述構造月;;置。 備…表面,與第i導光體之第i出射面相對導:第: 與上述弟1表面相對’將來自第i導光體通過第 而射入之光,向被照明物射出:除此之外 ,與第2表面係被形成爲:自約導光 2 : 各傾斜部至上述第2表面之距離成大致一致。 射面 此外,上述構造因具備第2導光體,於$ 自光源之光所反射之第2出射面之傾斜部…:!; ::物:出射面之第2導光體的第2表面爲止:::: 化,來自上述第2表面之出射光的亮度分布被平均化 是’可實現j無亮度不均之^源機能之前方照明裝置 本發明心前方照明裝1,係於上述構造中第i導光 :率與第2導光體之折射率係大致相等。此構造因第: k折射率約與第2導光體之折射率相等,使得 體中於第2斜面之傾斜部所反射之光的 接向被照明物出射。於是,❿導光體入射時:角 之 依 出 光 具 2表 面 /r/r 吊⑽812 V. Description of the invention (27) A7 B7 = No. 1Π, it is further provided with a second light guide body that averages the light pudding of 7U degrees from the first exit surface. In the front lighting device of the present invention, since the distance from the inclined portion of the second exit surface to the first exit surface is formed by the i-th light guide, the distance from the light source becomes proportionally smaller. ^ The brightness distribution of the emitted light is not uniform. The above-mentioned body makes the brightness distribution of the light emitted to the illuminated object uniform: T, T light can provide a surface light source function with no uneven brightness ^ 疋 The front lighting device of the present invention, attached to the above-mentioned structure month; Home. The surface is opposite to the i-th light-emitting surface of the i-th light guide: The first surface is opposite to the above-mentioned first surface, and the light from the i-th light guide is transmitted through the first to the object to be illuminated: In addition, the second surface is formed so that the distance from each of the inclined portions to the second surface is approximately the same from the light guide 2. Emitting surface In addition, the above structure is provided with a second light guide at the inclined portion of the second output surface reflected by the light from the light source ...:! :: Object: Up to the second surface of the second light guide on the exit surface: :::, the brightness distribution of the exit light from the second surface is averaged to be the source of 'achievable j without uneven brightness ^ Functional front lighting device The heart-front lighting device 1 of the present invention is based on the i-th light guide: ratio in the above structure and the refractive index of the second light guide is substantially equal. Because of this structure: The k-refractive index is approximately equal to the refractive index of the second light guide, so that the light reflected by the inclined portion of the second inclined plane in the body is directed toward the object to be illuminated. Therefore, when the chirped light guide is incident: the angle depends on the optical surface 2 surface / r / r

iT 之 來 被照 於 之折 導光 1導光 度直 自第 -30 本紙張尺舰财_家標準八娜(210^^ 五、發明説明(28The coming of iT is illuminated by the light guide 1 Light guide straight from the -30th paper ruler _ 家 标准 八 娜 (210 ^^ V. Description of the invention (28

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 片寺之反射所造成的光的執跡變化皆不需列入考 慮,而有容易設計之優點。 伙本=、月=則方照明裝置,係於上述構造中,第1導光體與 、卞〃[係被形成爲一體。此構造因第1導光體與第2導 光體係一體成刑&gt; # ,. , 风土&lt;故,有容易製造之優點。 本發明之前方昭 _ 万…、月衣置,係於上述構造中於第1導光體與 第2寸光把又間,被導入予以緩和存在於這些導光體間之 光學性界面之折射率差之填充劑。 依^述構造’與於第1導光體及第2導光體之間存有空氣 邑之h况相比車又,可抑制存於第丨導光體與第2導光體之間 之光:〖生界面之反射所造成之光的衰減。於是,可進一步 ,升U光之利用效率’實現作爲更明亮之面光源之前方 …、月私置。又,第1導光體及第2導光體之至少一者之折射 率,若與填充劑之折射率相等,則可減少第丨導光體與第2 寸光把之間之光學性界面數之故,便更具效果。 [實施形態3 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與岫述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 本貫施形態之反射型L c D如圖1 2所示,於液晶胞1 0前 面,配置由前光20與第2導光體45所構成之前光系統52。 上述第2導光體4 5如圖1 3所示,係具有將來自導光體2 4 之入射光、僅向其進行方向側散射功能之前方散射板,除 此之外,僅具有將自特定角度範圍所入射之光予以散射, -31 - 本紙張尺度適用宁國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X2^J- (請先閱讀背面)之注意事項再填寫本頁)The change in the light's performance caused by the reflection of the temple printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs need not be considered, but it has the advantage of easy design. The light source =, the moon = the square lighting device is in the above-mentioned structure, and the first light guide body and the 一体 [are integrated into one. This structure has the advantage of being easy to manufacture because the first light guide body and the second light guide system are integrated into a single sentence &gt;#,., Terroir &lt;. Prior to the present invention, Fang Zhao_wan ..., Yueyizhi, which are in the above structure, were introduced between the first light guide and the second inch light guide to reduce the refraction of the optical interface existing between these light guides. Filler with poor rate. According to the above-mentioned structure, compared with the case where air is stored between the first light guide and the second light guide, the structure can suppress the existence of the air between the first and second light guides. Light: The attenuation of light caused by the reflection of the interface. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the utilization efficiency of U-light ′ to achieve a brighter surface light source in front of the moon. In addition, if the refractive index of at least one of the first light guide and the second light guide is equal to the refractive index of the filler, the optical interface between the light guide and the second inch light bar can be reduced. The reason is more effective. [Embodiment 3] Hereinafter, another embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings. In addition, structures having the same functions as those described in each of the embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted. As shown in FIG. 12, the reflection type L c D of this embodiment is arranged in front of the liquid crystal cell 10, and a front light system 52 composed of a front light 20 and a second light guide 45 is arranged. As shown in FIG. 13, the second light guide 45 is a front scattering plate that has a function of diffusing incident light from the light guide 2 4 only to the direction side. The incident light at a specific angle range is scattered, -31-This paper size is applicable to Ningguo National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X2 ^ J- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印掣 505812 五、發明説明(29 ) 而將來自上述特定角度範圍以外〃 之各向異性散射板。滿足此條件之第=丁以透過之性質 化學股份有限公司製之視角控制板光體45係如住友 等,係可購得之市售品。 (HR應SUTY) 又,第2導光體45將入射光予以省 、、 丁 乂政射·^角度範圍,以完 全包含來自導光體24之出射光所入射之角度範圍者爲理 想。藉此,可使來自導光體24之出射 〜码对九笔典不均地教射, 可提升光源光之利用效率。又,第2導光體45係具有僅將 .來自特定角度範圍所入射之光予以散射,而將來自上述特 定角度範圍以外之入射光予以透過之性質之各向異性散射 體,故第2導光體45不對來自上述特定角度範圍以外之入 射光作用之故,可防止因不必要之散射光造成之顯示品質 之劣化。 於導光體24與導光體45之間隙中,予先散布了粒徑5〇&quot; m之間隔元件(未圖示)。藉此,如圖1 2所示,於導光體2 4 與第2導光體4 5之間隙中,形成與上述粒徑大致相等之空 隙46。 第2導光體4 5與液晶胞1 〇之偏光板(未圖示)之間,裝滿 了使兩者之折射率一致之填充劑(未圖示)。藉此,可防止 因第2導光體4 5與液晶胞1 〇之界面之反射造成之光的衰 減,可更進一步抑制光源光之損失。 此處説明前光系統5 2之照明光強度之測定結果。爲測定 前光系統5 2之照明光強度,使用與前述實施形態1所用之 側定系(參照圖5 )相同之侧定系。此處,設前光系統5 2之 32 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面)之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 505812 V. Description of the Invention (29) The anisotropic scattering plate will be from outside the specified angle range. Satisfaction of this condition is equal to the nature of the viewing angle control board 45 manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd., such as Sumitomo, and is a commercially available product. (HR shall be SUTY) In addition, the second light guide 45 saves the incident light, and the angle range of the light beam is preferably an angle range that completely includes the angle of incidence of the light emitted from the light guide 24. Thereby, the emission from the light guide 24 can be unevenly taught to the nine strokes, and the utilization efficiency of the light source light can be improved. The second light guide 45 is an anisotropic diffuser having the property of only scattering light incident from a specific angle range and transmitting incident light outside the specific angle range. Since the light body 45 does not act on incident light from outside the specific angle range described above, it is possible to prevent deterioration of display quality due to unnecessary scattered light. In the gap between the light guide 24 and the light guide 45, a spacer element (not shown) having a particle diameter of 50 m is dispersed in advance. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 12, in the gap between the light guide 2 4 and the second light guide 45, a gap 46 having a diameter substantially equal to the particle diameter is formed. Between the second light guide 45 and the polarizing plate (not shown) of the liquid crystal cell 10, a filler (not shown) is used to make the refractive indices of the two match. Thereby, the attenuation of light caused by the reflection at the interface between the second light guide 45 and the liquid crystal cell 10 can be prevented, and the light source light loss can be further suppressed. The measurement results of the illumination light intensity of the front light system 52 will be described here. In order to measure the illumination light intensity of the front light system 52, the same side fixing system as that used in the first embodiment (see FIG. 5) is used. Here, set the front light system 5 2 of 32 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions before filling this page)

五、發明説明(3〇 第2導光體45之法線方對〇。,於0。至±90。之,圍内, 以檢知器3 4測定來白 〈靶0 的光強度。測定結果 使得與實級態η目比/\導=24之出射μ以散射, 如此,本實施形熊二;之槿 度特性。 :Γ:;50Γ^^&quot;!ί 10出射之光的亮度八::/先&amp;45心故,使得向液晶胞 i 〇。 刀布平#化,而可無不均地照射液晶胞 使 用:息二第2導光體45除了各向異性散射板外,亦可 第 之 2道光則万照明裝置,其中實施形態2所示之 2寸尤肢係使來自第〗道古蝴、斤 光教亂體亦可。 ^弟1出射面之出射光散鼠 光 亮 源 贿、^構^中作爲第2導光體之光散射體,將來自第1導 射光予以散射之故,使得向被照明物之出射光: :分布被平均化。於是,可實現具有無亮度4= 功能之前方照明裝置。 面先 亂 異 本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述構造 體係爲僅將來自特定角度範1射之光予以 性散亂體,來自第i道#两曲士山, 叫又备向 出射光所人射至第2導光體的 角^ 少—部份係包含於上述特定角度範圍内。 此外,依上述構造,例如向觀察者側輸出之光學上述特 本紙張尺颜财關家擗(CNS ) A4規格( -33- ^05812 五、 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -34- A7 B7 發明説明(31 疋角度範圍以外之入射光,不會有上述光散射體之各向異 性散射體作用之故,可抑制因不要的散射光造成之被照明 物之像劣化。又,作爲第2導光體之光散射體所散射之入 射光之角度範圍内,因來自第i導光體的出射光入射之 故’可有效率地散射入射光。於是,可獲得既可具有無亮 埂不均之明亮的面光源功能,又可獲得被照明物之鮮明的 像之前方照明裝置。 本發明之前光照明裝置係於上述構造中,上述光散射體 =可方散射體。即,作爲第2導光體之光散射體係爲將自 第1導光體所入射之光,僅向此光之行進方向側散射之前 光散射體,故可消除自第1導光體所入射之光向後方散 射。藉此,可提升光利用效率,除此之外,可防止因後方 散射光造成的被照明物之像劣化。於是可具有作爲型亮度 不均之明亮面光源功能,並且得到可獲得被照明物的鮮明 的像的前方照明裝置。 [實施形態4 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 如前述實施形態丨之説明,導光體24之觀察者側之界面 23由傾斜部22及平坦部21所形成之情況下,於液晶胞1〇 反射再向導光體24入射之光在透過界面23時,會在像上產 生斑點或不均等。 即,如圖15所示,來自液晶胞10之輸出光48&amp;,不僅會 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面V注意事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (30) The normal square of the second light guide 45 is 0., within the range of 0. to ± 90. In the range, the light intensity of the target <0 is measured by the detector 34. Measurement As a result, the emission ratio μ to the real state η // == 24 is used to scatter, so that this embodiment has a ruggedness characteristic. Γ:; 50Γ ^^ &quot;! Ί 10 Brightness of the emitted light 8 :: / first &amp; 45 reason, so that the liquid crystal cell i 〇. Knife cloth flat #, and can irradiate the liquid crystal cell without unevenness Use: interest second light guide 45 except for an anisotropic scattering plate The second light can also be used as a lighting device. The two-inch limbs shown in Embodiment 2 can also be used from the ancient Taoism and Jinguang chaos. ^ 1 The light-emitting squirrel from the exit surface of brother 1 The light scatterer, which is the second light guide in the light source, is used to scatter the light from the first guide, so that the light emitted to the object to be illuminated is: The distribution is averaged. Therefore, it is possible to achieve No brightness 4 = front lighting device with function. The front surface lighting device of the present invention is different from the above-mentioned structure system to only emit light from a specific angle range 1 The sexually scattered body comes from #i 道 # 两 曲 士 山, which is called the angle at which the person shoots the light to the second light guide body ^ less-part is included in the specific angle range described above. In addition, according to The above structure is, for example, the optical paper output to the observer. The above-mentioned special paper ruler Yan Cai Guan Jiaye (CNS) A4 size (-33- ^ 05812) 5. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -34- A7 B7 Invention (31) The incident light outside the angle range does not have the effect of the anisotropic scatterer of the light scatterer described above, and it can suppress the image deterioration of the illuminated object caused by the unnecessary scattered light. Also, as a second guide Within the angle range of the incident light scattered by the light scatterer of the light body, the incident light from the i-th light guide body is incident, so the incident light can be efficiently diffused. Therefore, it is possible to obtain both non-brightness and unevenness. The bright surface light source function can also obtain a sharp image front illumination device of the object to be illuminated. The light illumination device of the present invention is in the above structure, and the light scatterer = a square scatterer. That is, as a second guide The light scattering system of the light body is The light incident from the first light guide is scattered only before the light traveling direction side, so the light incident from the first light guide is scattered backward. This can improve the light utilization efficiency. In addition, it can prevent the image of the illuminated object from being deteriorated due to the back scattered light. Therefore, it can have the function of a bright surface light source with uneven brightness and obtain a front lighting device that can obtain a sharp image of the illuminated object. [Embodiment 4] Hereinafter, other embodiments of the present invention will be described based on the drawings. Structures having the same functions as the structures described in the foregoing embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof will be omitted. In other words, when the interface 23 on the observer side of the light guide 24 is formed by the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21, the light reflected by the liquid crystal cell 10 and then incident on the light guide 24 will pass through the interface 23 and pass through the interface 23. Spots or unevenness on the image. That is, as shown in FIG. 15, the output light 48 &amp; from the liquid crystal cell 10 will not only meet the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) for this paper size (please read the V precautions on the back before filling this page)

505812 五、 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印f 發明説明(32 自平坦部21,尚會自傾斜部22向觀察者側透過。此時,來 自傾斜邵22之出射光48b,與來自平坦部21之出射光 48c,互相向相異的方向出射交差,使得應顯示之像上出 現斑點或不均。 爲解決此種問題,本實施形態之反射型lcd如圖16所 示,於導光體24之界面23,於傾斜部22表面上附加將光 予以反射之金屬反射膜47(反射構件)。上述金屬反射膜47 =圖16所示,將向傾斜部22入射的光全部不管其入射角均 予以反射。藉此,自界面23向觀察者側出射之光,僅成爲 透過平坦部21之光。於是可獲得無斑點無不均之鮮明的顯 示像。 以下對製造上述金屬反射膜4 7之方法之一例,以使用鋁 爲材料之情況舉例説明。又,金屬反射膜47之材料並不限 於鋁,使用例如銀等金屬亦可。 首先,如圖17(a)所示,於導光體24之界面以之表面全 to上藉濺鍍將鋁膜6 1予以成膜。又,如圖1 7 ( b )所示,於 鋁膜6 1表面塗布光阻劑6 2。次之,經曝光步驟,如圖 17(c)所示,將光阻劑62予以圖案化。接著如圖17((^所 示,將被圖案化之光阻劑62作爲光罩,進行鋁膜6〗之蝕 刻。其後,藉由剝離光阻劑62,如圖i 7(e)所示,於界面 2 3之傾斜邵2 2表面形成由鋁所成之金屬反射膜4 7。 如上,藉由於傾斜部22表面設金屬反射膜47,如圖16所 示’可和傾斜部2 2對平坦部2 1之傾斜角度“做大。如圖 18所示,於傾斜部22上未設金屬反射膜47之構造在將傾 -35- (請先閲讀背面V注意事項再填寫本頁)505812 V. Consumer Cooperative Cooperative Print of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs (32) From the flat part 21, it will still pass from the inclined part 22 to the observer side. At this time, the emitted light 48b from the inclined Shao 22 and from the flat part The emitted light 48c of 21 emits and crosses in mutually different directions, so that spots or unevenness appear on the image to be displayed. In order to solve this problem, the reflective LCD of this embodiment is shown in FIG. 16 on the light guide. The interface 23 of 24 adds a metal reflection film 47 (reflecting member) that reflects light on the surface of the inclined portion 22. The above-mentioned metal reflection film 47 = shown in FIG. 16, all the light incident on the inclined portion 22 is ignored regardless of the incident angle thereof. All of them are reflected. As a result, the light emitted from the interface 23 to the observer side only becomes the light transmitted through the flat portion 21. Thus, a clear display image without spots and unevenness can be obtained. One example of the method is a case where aluminum is used as an example. The material of the metal reflective film 47 is not limited to aluminum, and a metal such as silver may be used. First, as shown in FIG. Boundary of Body 24 The aluminum film 61 is formed on the entire surface by sputtering. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 17 (b), a photoresist 62 is coated on the surface of the aluminum film 61. Next, after the exposure step, As shown in FIG. 17 (c), the photoresist 62 is patterned. Next, as shown in FIG. 17 ((^), the patterned photoresist 62 is used as a photomask, and the aluminum film 6 is etched. Then, by peeling off the photoresist 62, as shown in FIG. 7 (e), a metal reflective film 47 made of aluminum is formed on the surface of the inclined surface 22 of the interface 23. As above, the surface of the inclined portion 22 The metal reflection film 47 is provided, and as shown in FIG. 16, the angle of inclination between the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 is increased. As shown in FIG. 18, the structure in which the metal reflection film 47 is not provided on the inclined portion 22 is shown in FIG.将 倾 -35- (Please read the precautions on the back V before filling out this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(21〇Χ297公釐) 505812 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印掣 A7 B7 五、發明説明(33 ) 斜角度α取大成6 0 °之情況下,以比臨界角$ c小之入射 角向傾斜部2 2入射之光4 9 a,成爲通過傾斜部2 2向觀察者 側透過之光4 9 b。此種光4 9 b會使顯示品質劣化並不理 想。 相對於此,本實施形態之構造,因於傾斜部22上形成金 屬反射膜47,即使將傾斜角度π做大,亦不存在有如上述 之光49b般透過傾斜部22之光,於傾斜部22中全部的光皆 被反射。 如此,因可將傾斜部22之傾斜角度α做大,於平坦部Η 之法線方向看的情況下,傾斜部22難以被辨視,有提升顯 示品質之優點。 又,如圖19所示,於上述金屬反射膜〇表面,若層積防 止周圍光反射之區塊矩陣47(b)(遮光構件),則可防止周 圍光向觀察者側反射。藉此,因可防止由周園光向觀察者 侧反射造成之顯示品質劣化之故,更加理想。 如此,本實施形態之前光20之特徵在於:於傾_^ =屬以广47,用以使自傾斜邵”沒有向觀 =2,…型LCD中’得到沒有斑點或*均之鮮 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置, 表面設有使光反射之反射構件。自光::體之傾斜部 斜部入射之光’於此傾斜部全反射者爲理Γ。^面〈傾 Ί公。因此,藉由 36- (請先閱讀背面•之注意事項再填寫本頁)The size of this paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 505812 Employees' Cooperative Cooperatives Stamp A7 B7 of the Central Standards Bureau of Ministry of Economy The light 4 9 a incident on the inclined portion 22 at an incident angle smaller than the critical angle $ c becomes the light 4 9 b transmitted through the inclined portion 22 toward the observer. Such light 4 9 b is not desirable for deteriorating display quality. In contrast, in the structure of this embodiment, since the metal reflection film 47 is formed on the inclined portion 22, even if the inclination angle π is increased, there is no light transmitted through the inclined portion 22 like the light 49b described above, and there is no light on the inclined portion 22. All of the light is reflected. In this way, since the inclination angle α of the inclined portion 22 can be made larger, when the inclined portion 22 is viewed in the normal direction of the flat portion Η, the inclined portion 22 is difficult to be seen, and there is an advantage that the display quality is improved. As shown in FIG. 19, if a block matrix 47 (b) (light-shielding member) for preventing reflection of surrounding light is laminated on the surface of the metal reflection film 0, it is possible to prevent the surrounding light from being reflected toward the observer. This is more desirable because it is possible to prevent deterioration in display quality caused by the reflection of Zhou Yuanguang toward the viewer. In this way, the feature of the light 20 before this embodiment is: Yu Ti ^ = belongs to Yi Guang 47, which is used to make the self-tilt Shao "non-viewing = 2, ... type LCD's get no spots or * are as fresh as above, The front lighting device of the present invention is provided with a reflecting member for reflecting light on the surface. From the light: the light incident on the inclined portion of the body's inclined portion is the reason for the total reflection of the inclined portion. By 36- (Please read the notes on the back side before filling out this page)

⑽812 五、發明説明(34 ) 在上述傾斜部設反射構件,使得向傾斜部之入射光,不管 其入射角均予以全反射。藉此,來自光源的光不會自傾斜 =向觀察者側漏洩,可更進一步提升光的利用效率。於 疋,可貫現具有明亮面光源功能之前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述構造中於上述反射構 件表面設有遮光構件。此外,周圍光於此反射構件反射而 進入觀察者眼中,可防止被照明物之像之顯示品質劣化, 而可提供能獲得鮮明之被照明物像之前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述構造中設導光體之折 射率爲h,而上述傾斜部相接之外部介質之折射率爲〜, 自光源向傾斜部人射的紋人射角爲θ,則於不等式:θ &lt;arcs.ln(ni/n2)之範圍内亦能有效地展現功能。 自光源向傾斜部入射之光的入射角Θ,在傾斜部對平與 部〈傾斜角度越大時變成越小。若於第2出射面之傾斜部 设反射構件,貝U向傾斜部之入射光,不管其入射角皆被全 反射,不會透過傾斜部向觀察者側 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 向㈣部入射之光之入射“滿足上述不等式之=原 了%傾斜部對平坦邵之傾斜角度設計成大。於是,自平坦 邵法線觀看之情況下,難以辨識對被照明物之像的凝示並 操貢獻之傾斜部,可提升被照明物之像的顯示品質。’’ [實施形態5 ] 〃 ::基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態…對於具 =則述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同 &lt; 符號而省略其説明。⑽812 5. Description of the invention (34) A reflecting member is provided on the inclined portion, so that the incident light on the inclined portion is totally reflected regardless of the incident angle. Thereby, the light from the light source does not self-tilt = leak to the observer side, which can further improve the light utilization efficiency. In 疋, a front lighting device with bright surface light source function can be realized. In the front lighting device of the present invention, a light shielding member is provided on the surface of the reflective member in the above-mentioned structure. In addition, the ambient light is reflected by the reflecting member and enters the viewer's eyes, which can prevent the display quality of the image of the illuminated object from deteriorating, and can provide a front lighting device capable of obtaining a sharp image of the illuminated object. In the front lighting device of the present invention, the refractive index of the light guide is h in the above-mentioned structure, and the refractive index of the external medium in contact with the inclined portion is ~, and the angle of incidence of the person shooting from the light source to the inclined portion is θ, it can effectively demonstrate its function within the range of inequality: θ &lt; arcs.ln (ni / n2). The incident angle θ of the light incident from the light source to the inclined portion becomes smaller when the inclined portion is aligned with the portion (the larger the inclined angle). If a reflecting member is provided on the inclined part of the second exit surface, the incident light of the U to the inclined part will be totally reflected regardless of the incident angle, and will not pass through the inclined part to the observer ’s consumer cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The incidence of light incident on the crotch "meets the above inequality = original% slope angle of the inclined portion to the flat shaw is designed to be large. Therefore, it is difficult to identify the image of the illuminated object when viewed from the flat shao normal. Displaying and operating the inclined portion of the contribution can improve the display quality of the image of the illuminated object. "[Embodiment 5] 〃 :: Other embodiments of the present invention will be described based on the drawings ... The structure of the explanation is the same as the structure of the same function, and the same &lt;

本紙張尺度it财關家縣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297&amp;J7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 -38- 五、發明説明(35 、:實權之反射型LCD如圖20所示,其特徵在於:於 及:可面具備由實施形態”斤説明之前光2〇,及設於 j則光20之界面23上之光學補償板64(補償機構)所構 削光系統5 3。 於上述光學補償板64中,與前光2〇之導光體㈣對向之 面,即辰面643係如圖20所示,成爲與導光體24之界面23 相補1梯狀。即’底面64a於與導光體取傾斜部叫目 對向(位置上,形成與傾斜部22平行之傾斜部Μ,而於盥 導光體24之平坦部21相對向之位置上,形成與平坦部2| :行之平坦部66。另—方面,於光學補償板“中,位於觀 察者側之面,即表面64b係形成爲與導光體24之界面以平 行之平面。 光车補仏板6 4與導光體2 4相同地,可使用例如pMMa予 以射出成形而製成。光學補償板6 4與導光體2 4如上所述, 各自足傾斜部與平坦部係相對向地配置,經由粒徑約2〇 &quot; m足間隔π件(未圖示)而黏接。藉此,光學補償板64之底 面64a與導光體24之界面23之間,介有約厚度均一之空氣 層67。 如此,於導光體24前面設光學補償板64,而於導光體24 與光學補償板64之間存有空氣層67、可得下述效果。 即’如前述實施形態4中參照圖1 5所説明,自液晶胞i 〇 再向寸光24入射之光48a · 48a,即使於導光體24内部 向同方向行進’因各透過界面之傾斜部22與平坦部 21 ’而自導光體之界面23互相向相異的方向出射,而招致 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公襲) (請先閱讀背面f之注意事項再填寫本頁)The paper size is Caisuanguan County (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 &J; J7 Employee Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standard Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Yinfan-38- V. Description of the invention (35 ,: Real-life reflective LCD is shown in Figure 20, It is characterized in that: it can be provided with a shaving system 53 composed of an optical compensation plate 64 (compensation mechanism) provided on the interface 23 of the j 20 light 20 according to the embodiment described above. In the optical compensation plate 64, the surface facing the light guide ㈣ of the front light 20, that is, the celestial surface 643 is shown in FIG. 20, and has a ladder shape complementary to the interface 23 of the light guide 24. That is, 'bottom surface 64a' Taking the inclined portion with the light guide body is called eye-opposing (positionally, forming an inclined portion M parallel to the inclined portion 22, and at a position facing the flat portion 21 of the light guide 24, forming a flat portion 2 | : Flat section 66. In another aspect, in the optical compensation plate, the surface on the observer's side, that is, the surface 64b is formed as a plane parallel to the interface of the light guide 24. The light car patch plate 6 4 Similarly to the light guide 24, it can be produced by, for example, pMMa injection molding. The optical compensation plate 64 and the light guide As described above, the respective inclined portions of the feet and the flat portions are arranged opposite to each other, and are adhered via a particle diameter of about 20 m (foot distance) π (not shown). Thereby, the bottom surface of the optical compensation plate 64 An air layer 67 of approximately uniform thickness is interposed between the interface 23 of the light guide 24a and the light guide 24. Thus, an optical compensation plate 64 is provided in front of the light guide 24, and an optical compensation plate 64 exists between the light guide 24 and the optical compensation plate 64. With the air layer 67, the following effects can be obtained. That is, as described in the fourth embodiment with reference to FIG. Traveling in the same direction 'Because of the inclined portion 22 and the flat portion 21 of each transmission interface, the interface 23 of the light guide exits in different directions from each other, resulting in that this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 (Assault) (Please read the notes on the back f before filling out this page)

A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 像之斑點或不均。 相對於此,本眘竑/ 請 先 閲 讀 背 面一 之 注 意 事 項 再 晶胞向導光以前光系統53如圖21所示,自液 導光嘈2 ::相同万向入射之光68a · 69a、在自 面之底 後,於作爲空氣層6 7與光學補償板64之界 • 69h&gt; 折射,成爲再向相同方向前進之光,如光68b 丁〜自光學補償板64表面64b向相同方向出射。 ;。自觀合者側觀看時,可得無斑點或不均之鮮明、的 ^ t上述光學補償板64之外,如圖22 (a)所示,於導 …肢24 面配置平板狀之光學補償板了丨亦可。此情況下,A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (36 spots or unevenness of the image. In contrast, please be careful / please read the precautions on the back one before the cell guides the light system 53 as shown in Figure 21 Noisy 2: :: light of the same universal incident 68a · 69a, after the bottom of the surface, at the boundary between the air layer 67 and the optical compensation plate 64 • 69h &gt; refraction, the light moving in the same direction, such as light 68b Ding ~ The surface 64b of the optical compensation plate 64 is emitted in the same direction. When viewed from the side of the viewer, it is clear that there are no spots or unevenness, except for the above optical compensation plate 64, as shown in Figure 22 ( a) As shown in the figure, it is also possible to arrange a flat plate-shaped optical compensation plate on the 24 sides of the guide ... limbs. In this case,

迟光子補仏板7丨如圖2 2 (b )所示,自導光體2 4之傾斜部 22出射足光所入射之區域71a,與自導光體24之平坦部21 所=射又光所入射之區域711),互具相異之折射率,使得 自區域7 1 a · 7 1 b之各表面向觀察者侧之光的出射角沒a · 大約相等。又或爲了使透過此區域71a之光以與透過區 域7 1 b之光相同的方向折回,將此區域7 1 a以具有折回功能 之構件(如折回元件)形成亦可。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 或如圖22(c)所示,於光學補償板中,將自導光體24 I傾斜部2 2出射之光所入射之區域,以遮光之區塊罩 (block mask)7lc形成,使得自傾斜部22出射之光不會到 達觀察者側亦可。 如此,依本實施形態之構造,依光學補償板64(或光學補 償板7 1 ),將各來自導光體2 4之界面2 3之傾斜部2 2及平坦 部2 1之光的出射方向予以集中,可實現無斑點或不均之鮮 -39 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 如上,本發明之前 万-明衣置,係於上述構造中更且 •来Γ來自Μ 2 4ί血z。 文具 借· 1- ..... 1尔於上述構造中尹 出射光的出:Γ::面之平坦部的出射光與來自傾斜部 ^出射万向丁以集中之補償機構。 ^述=2出射面因係將平坦部與傾斜部交 =:二:射面向導光體入射之來自被照2 ' Q自 出射面之平坦部及傾斜部向互異泛、 出射,而有在被照明物之像上招致斑點或不均產;之: 因此,如上述構造,拉丄 生^虞 出射光,及傾斜部之出射光:自:2出射面平垣部 構,可獲得被照明物之二 =万向丁以集中之補償 衣發明之前方照明裝置,係於上 具備.:第1表面,與導光體之第2出射面相對補二機 ==表面相對:除此之外,補償機構之J 係又互配置有:傾斜面,與導光 大致成平行:及平坦面,與上述第2:射2 =〈傾 成平行:被形成爲與上述第2出射面成〈千坦部 述補償機構之紅表面係被成與導成^階梯狀 大約平行。 、元岐又弟1出射 的 階 之 向 2 表 大 面 此外,依上述構造,自導光體之第丨 射之光,於被照明物反射,自上述第射面向被照明物出 體内邵,如圖2 1所示,各自第2出射面之^面再回到導光 斜部(22)向相異方向出射。此處,配置及傾 面相對向位置之補償機構(64)之第 ^ 处弟2出射 衣由(6“)、係形成爲 與導光體之第2出貞 出射之光—向補之之二 斜部(22)出射之 再'^弟1表面〈平坦面入射,自傾 大約相等方向出射、6:)向第1表面之傾斜面入射,成爲向 如此,藉由將來自:^6813 · 69b),*自第2表面出射。 斜部之出射光之^出射光之*射方向,與來自傾 均之鮮明的被照明物::。丁以集中’而可獲得無斑點或不 本發明之前方,昭明壯 構中,主要爲來自彳: 上述構造中於上述補償機 區域,與主第:Γ傾斜部的出射光所入射之 之㈣,具有互異二::射面之平坦部的出射光所入射 之區域,與來:王要爲來自傾斜部之出射光所入射 有互显之折射皁、:+坦邯〈出射光所入射之區域,具 出射二::機構,將各來自傾斜部及平坦部之 *射万向丁以集中。私專 _ f 綠相从1 ;疋’可提供能獲得無斑點或不约之 鮮明的被照明物像之前方照明裝置。 戈… 本發明之前方昭明壯罢 構中,於主要爲來自二Γ述構造中於上述補償機 之區域中,設有折返元件1構之4=射光“射 邵::射光所入射之區域上設折回元件,而將4= π千坦叙出射方向予以集中。於是,可 斑點或不均之鮮明的被照明物像之前方照明裝l 本發明之前方昭明壯罢广 心⑴万…、月衣置,依於上述構造中,於 機構中’於王要馬來自第2出射面之傾斜部之出射光 505812 A7 五、發明説明(39 ) ' 射I區域中,設有遮光構件。此構造係於主要爲來自傾斜 邶(出射光所入射之區域,設使光不能透過之遮光構件, 使知自導光體之第2出射面所出射之光,僅成爲來自平坦 邵之出射光。如此,可實現能僅得無斑點或不均之鮮明的 被照明物像之前方照明裝置。 [實施形態ό ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與七述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同(符號而省略其説明。 本實施形態之反射型LCD係於前述之實施形態5所説明 炙反射型L C D之前光系統5 3 (參照圖2 0 ),附加觸控面板功 能者。 爲實現上述觸控面板功能,本實施形態之反射型L CD如 圖2 j所示,於光學補償板$ 4之底面6 4 a、具備例如I τ 〇所 成之透明電極7 2。除此之外,於導光體2 4之傾斜部2 2上 設有如鋁般,可反射光並具導電性之材料所成之反射電極 7 j。上述透明電極7 2及反射電極7 3構成位置檢知機構。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背氙之注意事項再填寫本頁)As shown in FIG. 2 2 (b), the late photon supplementary plate 7 丨 the area 71a from which the foot light exits from the inclined portion 22 of the light guide 24 and the flat portion 21 from the light guide 24 The area where the light is incident 711) has mutually different refractive indexes, so that the light exit angles from the surfaces of the areas 7 1 a · 7 1 b to the observer side are not approximately equal to a ·. Or, in order to fold back the light passing through the area 71a in the same direction as the light passing through the area 7 1 b, the area 7 1 a may be formed with a member having a folding function (such as a folding element). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs or as shown in Figure 22 (c), in the optical compensation plate, the area where the light emitted from the light guide 24 I inclined portion 22 is incident, is blocked by light. A block mask 7lc is formed so that the light emitted from the inclined portion 22 does not reach the observer. In this way, according to the structure of this embodiment, according to the optical compensation plate 64 (or the optical compensation plate 7 1), the light emitting directions of the light from the inclined portion 2 2 and the flat portion 21 of the interface 2 3 of the light guide 24 are emitted. It can be concentrated to achieve freshness without specks or unevenness. -39 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). As above, the Wan-Ming clothing set before the present invention is in the above structure and more •来 Γ comes from Μ 2 4ί blood z. Stationery l ... 1 -... In the above structure, the output of the outgoing light: Γ :: the outgoing light from the flat part of the plane and the inclined part ^ the compensation mechanism that concentrates the outgoing gimbal. ^ == The exit surface is the intersection of the flat portion and the inclined portion =: 2: The incident surface of the light guide is incident from the illuminated 2 ′ Q from the flat portion and the inclined portion of the exit surface to each other. Induced speckles or uneven production on the image of the illuminated object; Therefore: As the above structure, the light emitted by the puller, and the light emitted from the inclined portion: from: 2 exit surface flat wall structure, can be illuminated The second thing = the universal lighting device invented by Wanxiang Ding. The front lighting device is provided on the upper part. The first surface is opposite to the second exit surface of the light guide body. The J system of the compensation mechanism is further arranged with: an inclined surface, which is approximately parallel to the light guide: and a flat surface, which is parallel to the above 2: shot 2 = <inclined in parallel: formed to be <1000 with the above-mentioned second exit surface The red surface of the compensation mechanism is said to be approximately parallel to the stepped shape. The direction of the step 2 emitted by Yuan Qi and the younger brother 1 In addition, according to the above-mentioned structure, the light from the light guide of the light guide is reflected by the object to be illuminated, and the light from the above light surface exits the body of the object. As shown in FIG. 21, the planes of the respective second exit surfaces return to the light guide oblique portion (22) and exit in different directions. Here, the ^ virgin 2 shooting clothes of the compensation mechanism (64), which is configured and tilted relative to the inclined position, is formed by (6 "), and is the light emitted from the second light of the light guide body-Xiang Buzhi The second oblique part (22) is emitted again. The first surface (incident on a flat surface, self-inclination is emitted in approximately the same direction, 6 :) is incident on the inclined surface of the first surface, so that it will come from: ^ 6813 · 69b), * emits from the second surface. The direction of the light emitted from the oblique part ^ the direction of the light emitted from the oblique part, and the bright object to be illuminated from the uniform::... In the previous structure of Zhaoming Zhuang, it is mainly from 上述: In the above structure, the ㈣ of the compensator area and the incident light from the main: Γ slanted part have different two: the flat part of the emitting surface. The area where the emitted light is incident, and the following: Wang wants to have mutually visible refracting soap incident from the incident light from the inclined part,: + TANHAN <The area where the emitted light is incident, with the emission two :: mechanism, each from Focusing on the sloping part and flat part to focus. Private _ f green phase from 1; 疋 'can provide to get There is no spot or unobtrusive bright illuminated object like the front lighting device. Ge ... In the former Fang Zhaoming Zhuang structure of the present invention, a return element is provided in the area of the above-mentioned compensator mainly from the structure described above. 1 of the structure 4 = light-emitting "Shao Shao :: a return element is set on the area where the light is incident, and 4 = π Qian Tan describes the exit direction to be concentrated. As a result, the spotted or unevenly illuminated objects can be illuminated before the lighting. Before the present invention, Fang Zhaoming Zhuang was so ambitious ..., Yueyizhi, according to the above structure, in the organization, 'Yu Wang Yaoma Emission light from the inclined portion of the second exit surface 505812 A7 5. Description of the invention (39) In the emission I area, a light shielding member is provided. This structure is mainly from the area where the inclined light (the incident light is incident, and a light-shielding member is provided to prevent light from passing through, so that the light emitted from the second exit surface of the light guide is known to be only the emitted light from the flat shao In this way, it is possible to realize a front lighting device that can obtain a bright object image without spots or unevenness. [Embodiment Modes] Other embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. The structure described in the embodiment has the same function structure, and the same notes are used (the symbols are omitted and the description is omitted. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is the light system 5 3 before the reflective LCD described in the foregoing Embodiment 5 (see FIG. 2 0 In order to realize the above-mentioned touch panel function, as shown in FIG. 2 j, the reflective L CD of this embodiment is provided on the bottom surface 6 4 a of the optical compensation plate $ 4 and includes, for example, I τ 〇 A transparent electrode 7 2. In addition, a reflective electrode 7 j made of an aluminum-like material that can reflect light and has conductivity is provided on the inclined portion 22 of the light guide 24. The above-mentioned transparent electrode 7 2 and reflective electrode 7 3 constitute a position detection agency. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions for back-xenon before filling out this page)

圖2 4之下部所示之圖係爲自導光體2 4之平坦部2 i之法線 方向觀看之情況下之上述反射電極7 3之形狀之平面圖。如 圖24所示,反射電極73係被設於導光體23之傾斜部22之 全面上之故,自導光體24之平坦部2 1之法線方向觀看係爲 條紋狀。又,形成於光學補償板64上之透明電極72亦如圖 2 5所示,形成爲條紋狀,反射電極7 3及透明電極7 2成爲 互成直角相交之矩陣。 -42- 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 505812 A7 B7 五 、發明説明(4〇 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 又’導光體24之反射電極73與光學補償板64之透明電極二(間’散布了粒徑1〇 &quot; m左右之塑膠間隔元件(未圖 不),而形成與此粒徑約相等之空隙。 此光學補償板64具有可撓性,如圖26所示,藉由以筆” 詩,透明電極72與反射電極Μ相接觸。筆 f標之辨識係如下述方式進行。如圖25所示,各於透明: =反射電極73上,以線順序地予以掃描信號,而檢: 出ί觸點75之x座標及Υ座標,於觸控面板之平面内,可 特足筆7 4所墨按之位置之座標。 、二此處雖以於光學補償板64上形成條紋狀 心構造爲例予以説明,但於光學補償板“之底面64a全面 上形成透明電極亦可。惟,如上述,將透明電極” 條紋狀者,具有光利用效率高之優點。 馬 如此,依本實施形態之構造,光學補償板6 板機能之故,可提供能對液晶胞1G所顯示之内容 = 入之反射型LCD。 聿輛 如上述’本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,係於 板(反射型液晶件前面,具備實施形態5所乂 万照明裝置者:上述補償機構係對特定壓力 ;:則 除此之外’上述補償機構及第2出射面各設有 H: 相接觸而檢知被施加壓力之位置之位置檢知機構,猎由互 此外,上述構造,前方照明裝置具有觸 即,例如以筆壓按補償機構表面某位置,依機m 曲,補償機構及第2出射面上各設 、機構撓 ^對位置檢知機構, -43 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐 (請先閱讀背面*之注意事項再填寫本頁〕The diagram shown in the lower part of FIG. 24 is a plan view of the shape of the above-mentioned reflective electrode 73 when viewed from the normal direction of the flat portion 2 i of the light guide 24. As shown in Fig. 24, since the reflective electrode 73 is provided on the entire surface of the inclined portion 22 of the light guide 23, the reflection electrode 73 has a stripe shape when viewed from the normal direction of the flat portion 21 of the light guide 24. Also, as shown in Fig. 25, the transparent electrodes 72 formed on the optical compensation plate 64 are formed in stripes, and the reflective electrodes 73 and the transparent electrodes 72 form a matrix that intersects each other at right angles. -42- The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 73 and the transparent electrode 2 of the optical compensation plate 64 (plastic spacer elements (not shown) with a particle diameter of about 10 m) are interspersed to form a gap approximately equal to the particle diameter. The optical compensation plate 64 has Flexible, as shown in FIG. 26, by using a pen poem, the transparent electrode 72 is in contact with the reflective electrode M. The identification of the pen f is performed as follows. As shown in FIG. 25, each is transparent: = Reflection On the electrode 73, the scanning signal is sequentially scanned in a line, and the inspection: The x-coordinate and the y-coordinate of the contact 75 are displayed. In the plane of the touch panel, the coordinates of the position pressed by the pen 74 can be specified. Second, although a stripe-shaped core structure is formed on the optical compensation plate 64 as an example, a transparent electrode may be formed on the entire "bottom surface 64a of the optical compensation plate. However, as described above, the transparent electrode" is striped. , Has the advantage of high light utilization efficiency. In this way, according to the structure of this embodiment, the optical compensation plate 6 can function as a reflective LCD that can display the content of the liquid crystal cell 1G = 入. As described above, the 'reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention, It is attached to the panel (in front of the reflective liquid crystal device and equipped with the lighting device of the fifth embodiment: the above-mentioned compensation mechanism is for a specific pressure; otherwise, the above-mentioned compensation mechanism and the second exit surface are each provided with an H: phase. The position detection mechanism that detects the position where the pressure is applied by contacting each other. In addition to the above-mentioned structure, the front lighting device has a touch, such as pressing a position on the surface of the compensation mechanism with a pen pressure, and the compensation mechanism and the first 2Each setting and mechanism on the exit surface is opposite to the position detection mechanism, -43 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm (please read the precautions on the back * before filling this page)

便於上述位置互相接觸。若將此位置以上述位置檢知機構 (請先閱讀背面•之注意事項再填寫本頁) 辨4座標,即可實現對液晶元件所顯示之内容可用筆輸入 之反射型液晶顯示裝置。 ' 又,本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,係於上述構造中反 射型液晶元件具備掃描線:上述位置檢知機構包含形成於 第2出射面之平坦部之透明電極:上述掃描線之間距盥上 述透明電極之間距大約相等,於掃描線上方配置有透明電 才亟° 此外,上述構造可在液晶元件實際進行顯示之圖素區域 上,配置位置檢知機構之透明電極。於是,觸控面板之解 析度與液晶元件之解析度約成相等。藉此,於觸控面板進 訂· 行釦入時,具有輸入像與顯示像之一體感提升之效果。 [實施形態7 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具Convenient for the above positions to contact each other. If this position is detected by the above-mentioned position detection mechanism (please read the precautions on the back • before filling in this page) to recognize the 4 coordinates, you can realize a reflective LCD device that can input the content displayed by the liquid crystal element with a pen. In addition, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention is configured such that the reflective liquid crystal element includes a scanning line: the position detection mechanism includes a transparent electrode formed on a flat portion of the second exit surface: a distance between the scanning lines The distance between the transparent electrodes is about the same, and it is urgent to arrange transparent electricity above the scanning line. In addition, the above structure can arrange the transparent electrodes of the position detection mechanism on the pixel area where the liquid crystal element is actually displayed. Therefore, the resolution of the touch panel is approximately equal to that of the liquid crystal element. Thereby, when the touch panel is ordered and buckled, it has the effect of improving one of the input image and the display image. [Embodiment 7] Hereinafter, another embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings. Also, for

有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同哕能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 本η施形悲之反射型l C D所具備之前光係如圖2 7所示, 係於前述實施形態i所説明之構造上再加上棱鏡片8丨及擴 散板8 2爲其特徵,其係於光源2 6與導光體2 4之入射面2 5 之間所具備之光控制機構,用以控制自光源2 6向入射面2 5 所入射&lt; 光的開散角。又,此處棱鏡片8丨之棱鏡頂角設爲 100 。又’導光體2 4與液晶胞1〇之偏光板丨8之間,導入 用以經和折射率差之填充劑8 4。 光源2 6雖可由如螢光管實現,但螢光管之輸出光並不特 -44- 本紙張尺度適用中·國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 505812 A7 B7 &quot;&quot; —— _______ 五、發明説明(42 ) ^ 别具指向性’而係隨機產生。因此’存在有向導光體2 4之 傾斜部2 2以比臨界角更大角度入射之光。而成爲來自傾斜 部2 2之漏洩光,有招致顯示品質低落之虞。 若考慮適於導光體2 4之材料之PMM A之折射率約爲! 5, 則向傾斜部2 2之入射角在臨界角(約4 2。)以下之光成爲漏 戌光。爲消除此種漏淺光,做成使成爲漏戌光成分之入射 光不入射至導光體2 4之方式,予光控制來自光源2 6之輸出 光之開散角即可。 此處如圖2 8所示,與界面2 8相對之傾斜部2 2之傾斜角設 爲π。又,圖2 8中便於説明,茲抽出導光體2 4中之傾斜部 22,界面28及入射面25之位置關係予以表示,導光體24 並非實際上爲此種形狀。 又’設自導光體24之入射面25所入射之光之開散角爲土 Α,傾斜邵2 2之臨界角爲θ e,則上述光向傾斜部2 2之入 射角Θ可表示爲6&gt;=90。- a - β。 故,要使來自入射面2 5向傾斜部2 2入射之光不透過傾斜 邵2 2之條件爲:H = 9 0。- α _卢。 即 ’ /?&lt;90 -(0c+“).................(式 3) 又,此實施形態設傾斜部22之傾斜角“爲1〇。。再加上 I界角&lt;9。爲42 ,可知基於上述式3,可導出沒&lt;38。。 來自光源26之輸出光於擴散板82—度擴散再向棱鏡片81 入射。棱鏡片8 1具有將擴散光學光於特定角度範圍内之功 (請先閱讀背氣之注意事項再填寫本頁) -The structure is the same as the structure described in each of the foregoing embodiments, and the same reference numerals are used to omit the description. Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. The reflective type of the CD is shown in Figure 27, which is based on the structure described in the previous embodiment i plus a prism 8 And the diffuser plate 8 2 is a light control mechanism provided between the light source 26 and the incident surface 2 5 of the light guide 2 4 to control the incidence from the light source 26 to the incident surface 2 5 & lt Divergence angle of light. Here, the vertex angle of the prism sheet 8 is set to 100. A filler 8 4 is introduced between the light guide 24 and the polarizing plate 8 of the liquid crystal cell 10, and the difference between the refractive index and the refractive index is introduced. Although the light source 2 6 can be realized by a fluorescent tube, the output light of the fluorescent tube is not special. -44- This paper size is applicable to Chinese and National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm). Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Cooperative printed 505812 A7 B7 &quot; &quot; —— _______ V. Description of the Invention (42) ^ Uniquely directed 'and randomly generated. Therefore, there exists light incident on the inclined portion 22 of the light guide 24 at a larger angle than the critical angle. As a result, leakage light from the inclined portion 22 may cause deterioration in display quality. If you consider the refractive index of PMM A suitable for the light guide 2 4 material is about! 5, the light having an incident angle to the inclined portion 2 2 below a critical angle (approximately 4 2.) Becomes leak light. In order to eliminate such leaky light, it is necessary to prevent the incident light that is a component of the leaked light from entering the light guide 24, and to control the divergence angle of the output light from the light source 26 by pre-light. Here, as shown in Fig. 28, the inclination angle of the inclined portion 22 opposite to the interface 28 is set to π. In addition, in FIG. 28, for convenience of explanation, the positional relationship between the inclined portion 22, the interface 28, and the incident surface 25 in the light guide 24 is extracted, and the light guide 24 is not actually such a shape. Also, assuming that the divergence angle of the light incident from the incident surface 25 of the light guide 24 is soil A, and the critical angle of the tilt Shao 2 2 is θ e, the incident angle θ of the light to the inclined portion 22 can be expressed as 6 &gt; = 90. -a-β. Therefore, the condition that the light incident from the incident surface 25 to the inclined portion 22 not be transmitted through the inclined Shao 2 2 is: H = 9 0. -α _ Lou. That is, "/? &Lt; 90-(0c +")... (Equation 3) In this embodiment, the inclination angle "of the inclined portion 22" is 10. . Plus I boundary angle &lt; 9. It is 42, and it can be seen that <38 can be derived based on the above Equation 3. . The output light from the light source 26 is diffused by the diffuser plate 82 and is incident on the prism sheet 81 again. The prism sheet 8 1 has the function of diffusing optical light in a specific angle range (please read the precautions of back gas before filling this page)-

A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 五、發明説明(43 ) 能,棱鏡頂角爲1 00。之情況下,如圖2 9所示,使擴散光 於約土 4 0。之角度範圍内集光。被集光於約± 4 〇。之角度 範圍内之光,在向導光體24入射時,因入射面25之折射而 進一步被集光,而成爲約±25.4。範圍之開散光。即,自 入射面2 5入射之光的開散再被充分地收於上述0 &lt; 3 8。之 範圍内,不會產生來自傾斜部2 2之漏洩光。 如此,本實施形態之反射型LCD,爲了抑制光源光之開 政’於光源2 6與導光體2 4之入射面2 5之間設置棱鏡片 81,而使得沒有來自傾斜部22之漏洩光,可更加提升顯示 品質。 又’本實施形態雖設稜鏡片8 1之頂角爲100。,但並不 拘於此限。又,制限光源光開散之光控制機構雖係使用稜 鏡片8 1,但只要可得相同效果便不拘此限,例如可用平行 光官亦可。又,如圖3 0 ( a )所示,於光源2 6周圍以橢圓體 鏡9 8覆蓋,此橢圓體鏡9 8之焦點上設置光源2 6而成之構 造亦可得相同之效果。又如SID DIGEST P.375 ( 1995 )所記 载,使用圖30(b)所示之光管99、控制來自光源26之照射 光之開散亦可。 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置,更具備於光源與入射面 之間之限制來自光源的光之開散之光控制機構。 來自光源之光’雖主要於第2出射面之傾斜部反射,但爲 使不在傾斜部全反射而向導光體外部漏洩之成分減少,使 來自光源之光具某程度之指向性,使於上述傾斜部以比臨 界角小之角度入射之成分減少爲理想。因此,上述構造具 _____-46- 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •IAW. 訂_A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (43) Yes, the vertex angle of the prism is 100. In this case, as shown in Fig. 29, the diffused light is made to about 40. Light is collected within a range of angles. The light was collected at about ± 40. When the light within the angle range is incident on the light guide body 24, it is further collected by the refraction of the incident surface 25, and becomes about 25.4. Astigmatism of range. That is, the divergence of the light incident from the incident surface 25 is sufficiently collected in the above 0 &lt; 38. Within this range, no leakage light from the inclined portion 22 is generated. In this way, in order to suppress the light source light, the reflective LCD of this embodiment is provided with a prism sheet 81 between the light source 26 and the incident surface 25 of the light guide 24, so that there is no leakage light from the inclined portion 22. , Which can further improve the display quality. In addition, in this embodiment, the vertex angle of the cymbal 81 is 100. , But not limited to this. In addition, although the light control mechanism for limiting the spread of light from the light source uses a prism sheet 81, it is not limited as long as the same effect can be obtained, and for example, a parallel light officer may be used. In addition, as shown in FIG. 30 (a), the light source 26 is covered with an ellipsoidal mirror 98, and the same effect can be obtained by constructing the light source 26 at the focal point of the ellipsoidal mirror 98. Also as described in SID DIGEST P.375 (1995), it is also possible to use the light pipe 99 shown in Fig. 30 (b) to control the spread of the irradiated light from the light source 26. As described above, the front lighting device of the present invention further includes a light control mechanism that limits the spread of light from the light source between the light source and the incident surface. Although the light from the light source is mainly reflected by the inclined portion of the second exit surface, in order to reduce the components leaking to the outside of the light guide body so that the inclined portion is not totally reflected, the light from the light source has a certain degree of directivity. It is preferable that the inclined portion has a reduced incident component at an angle smaller than the critical angle. Therefore, the above-mentioned construction tools _____- 46- This paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) • IAW. Order_

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 A7 ^〜_— 一 B7 五、發明説明(44 ) 備限制來自光源之光開散之光控制機構,{吏來自傾斜部之 漏茂光減少,可提升光利用效率,除此之外,彳防止被照 月物像上產生斑點或不均。於是可實現能獲得明亮且鮮明 之被照明物物之面光源之前方照明裝置。 本發明4I万照明裝置,係於上述構造中,光控制機構 係万;自入射面向第2出射面之傾斜部直接入射的光之入射 角比臨界角還大的範圍内,限制來自光源的光之開散。 一此外,依上述構造,藉由以光控制機構限制來自光源的 光之開政,可消除自入射面向傾斜部直接入射之光中,以 比^界角小之入射角入射之成分。藉此,彳減少來自傾斜 F之漏洩光,棱升光利用效率,除此之外,尚可防止被照 明物像產生斑點或不均。於是可實現能得到明亮且鮮明之 被照明物像之面光源之前方照明裝置。 又,本發明之前方照明裝置,更具備:於光源與入射面 =間,使自入射面向第丨導光體之第i出射面直接入射之光 變成大約沒有的範圍内,予以限制來自光源的光的開散之 光限制機構。 上述構造被導入用以緩和第丨導光體與第2導光體之間所 存在之光學性界面之折射率差之填充劑,使得與在第1導 光體與第2導光體間存在有空氣層之情況相比較',自光源 =第1出射面直接入射之光中,透過第丨出射面向第2導光 體入射之成分變多。於此成分中,亦存在有以較大之入射 角向第2導光體入射,對被照明物之照明並無助益之光。 Q此’上述構造之光控制機構限制來自光源之光之開散, -----—_________ 細今 / 細 本紙張尺度適用中ΐϊϋ準(CNS) Α4規格(210χγ97公釐)-—— - Τ 一 -- (請先閱讀背&amp;之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1ΤStaff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China A7 ^ ~ _— One B7 V. Description of the invention (44) A light control mechanism that restricts the spread of light from the light source. Utilizing efficiency, in addition to preventing speckles or unevenness on the image of the illuminated moon. Thus, a front lighting device capable of obtaining a bright and vivid surface light source of an illuminated object can be realized. The 410,000 lighting device of the present invention is in the above structure, and the light control mechanism is 10,000; the incident angle of the light directly incident from the inclined portion facing the second exit surface is larger than the critical angle, and the light from the light source is restricted It breaks apart. In addition, according to the above-mentioned structure, by restricting the administration of light from the light source by the light control mechanism, it is possible to eliminate a component that is incident at an incident angle smaller than the boundary angle from the light that is directly incident from the incident surface to the inclined portion. Thereby, the leakage light from the oblique F is reduced, and the utilization efficiency of the prismatic light is increased. In addition, it is possible to prevent speckle or unevenness of the illuminated object image. Thus, a front lighting device capable of obtaining a bright and vivid surface light source image of the illuminated object can be realized. In addition, the forefront lighting device of the present invention further includes: between the light source and the incident surface =, the light that is directly incident from the incident surface facing the i-th exit surface of the light guide body becomes approximately non-existent. Diffuse light limiting mechanism for light. The above-mentioned structure is introduced into the filler for reducing the refractive index difference of the optical interface existing between the first light guide and the second light guide, so as to exist between the first light guide and the second light guide. Compared with the case where there is an air layer, there are more components of the light incident directly from the light source = the first exit surface that are incident on the second light guide through the first exit surface. In this component, there is also light that enters the second light guide at a large incident angle, and does not help the illumination of the object to be illuminated. QThis' The above-mentioned structure of the light control mechanism restricts the divergence of light from the light source, -----—_________ Fine paper / Fine paper size Applicable to the standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210xγ97 mm) ------ Τ 一-(Please read back &amp; precautions before filling out this page), 1Τ

發明説明(45 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印掣 了成、乎元全消除自反射面向導光體入射之光之 出射面直接入射之成分。藉此,可減少自第1 向第1 導光體以較大之入射角入射之成分。於是,说出射面向第2 4 T m 疋 可更加提井来 利用效率,實現明亮的前方照明裝置。 开尤 [實施形態8 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形雜。 .、 j -jc/v pi 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同 &gt; , 叱心構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 本實施形態之反射型LCD係於前述各實施形態所説明之 反射型LCD中,於前光(或前光系統)與液晶胞1〇之間、裝 滿防止因折射率差造成之光的衰減之填充劑(配對劑)。衣 此處,舉實施形態丨所説明之反射型LCD中使用上述馗 充劑之構造爲例予以説明。實施形態丨如參照圖丨所説明^ 削光2 0之導光體2 4係於液晶胞1 〇之偏光板丨8上,介粒徑 約50&quot; m之間隔元件而層積。藉此,於液晶胞1〇與導^體 24之間形成與上述間隔元件之粒徑大致相等之均一厚度之 空隙2 9。 本實施形態之反射型LCD,係於上述空隙29中,如圖32 所示,裝滿填充劑84者。又,填充劑84可使用wuv硬化 性樹脂或水楊酸甲基等。藉此,導光體2 4之界面2 8不與空 氣而與具有比S氣更高之折射率之填充劑8 4相接。上述填 充劑8 4以具有與導光體2 4之折射率大約相等之折射率者爲 理想。 如此,導光體2 4之界面2 8與填充劑8 4相接之情況,與前 -48 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) = ϊ ~I (請先閲讀背V#之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂'Description of the Invention (45) The Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China has eliminated the components that directly incident on the exit surface of the light incident from the reflective surface to the light body. This can reduce the first to the first The component that the light guide is incident at a large incident angle. Therefore, the emission surface facing the 2 4 T m 疋 can improve the efficiency of the well and realize a bright front lighting device. Kaiyou [Embodiment 8] The following is based on the drawing The other embodiments of the present invention will be described. The j-jc / v pi has the same structure as that described in each of the previous embodiments, and has a centered structure. The same symbols are used to omit the description. Reflective type of this embodiment The LCD is a reflective LCD described in each of the foregoing embodiments, and is filled with a filler (pairing agent) that prevents the attenuation of light due to the difference in refractive index between the front light (or front light system) and the liquid crystal cell 10. ). Here, the structure using the above-mentioned filler in the reflective LCD described in the embodiment 丨 will be described as an example. The embodiment 丨 as described with reference to the figure ^ The light guide 2 4 of the light-cutting 2 0 series Deviation from LCD cell 1 〇 On the plate 丨, a spacer element having a median diameter of about 50 m is laminated. As a result, a gap 2 having a uniform thickness approximately equal to the particle diameter of the spacer element 2 is formed between the liquid crystal cell 10 and the conductor 24. 9. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is located in the above-mentioned gap 29, as shown in Fig. 32, and is filled with a filler 84. The filler 84 may be wuv curable resin or salicylic acid methyl. Therefore, the interface 2 8 of the light guide 2 4 is not in contact with air but is in contact with a filler 8 4 having a higher refractive index than S gas. The filler 8 4 has a refractive index approximately equal to that of the light guide 24. The equivalent refractive index is ideal. In this case, the interface between the light guide 2 4 and the filler 8 4 is connected to the former -48 paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) %) = Ϊ ~ I (Please read the precautions of backing V # before filling out this page) Order '

505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(46 ) 述各實施形態之導光體2 4之界面2 8與空氣相接之情況中, 界面2 8之光的動向相異。 來自光源2 6之入射光中,如圖3 1 ( a )所示,向入射面2 5 大致成垂直入射之成分,自入射面2 5向傾斜部2 2直接入射 再反射之後’通過界面2 8及填充劑8 4,向液晶胞1 〇入 射。此時之界面2 8之光的動向與界面2 8和空氣相接之情況 (參照圖3(a))相同。 另一方面來自光源2 6之入射光中,如圖3 1 (b )所示,自 入射面25首先向界面23入射之成分中,如光85a、亦有於 平坦部2 1反射後向界面2 8入射者。此種光8 5 a或來自光源 26之入射光中,如圖31(c)所示,自入射面25首先向界面 28入射之成分,因界面28係與具有與導光體24大致相等 之折射率之填充劑8 4相接之故,於界面2 8不會有任何作用 影響便可予以透過。 這些光雖對液晶胞1 0之液晶層1 2以非常大的入射角予以 入射,但係於反射板1 7反射,再對導光體2 4之界面2 8以 上述大入射角入射之故,不會到達觀察者。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印掣 (請先閱讀背你之注意事項再填寫本頁) 惟,爲提升光源光之利用效率,以消除來自光源2 6向界 面2 8直接入射之成分爲理想。因此,如圖3 2所示,將入射 面2 5 ,以使此入射面2 5與界面2 8成鈍角之方式予以傾 斜’可/肖除來自入射面2 5與界面2 8直接入射之成分。 又,入射面25與界面28所成之角r之大小,如圖33所 示’若考慮來自光源2 6之光向入射面2 5入射後之開散角 /? ’則以r ^ 9 〇。+ /?爲更理想。藉此,來自入射面2 5所 -- --49-本紙張尺度通用T國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 505812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 入射之光源幾乎全部向界面2 3方向入射,可更佳提升光源 光之利用效率。 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置,係於第i導光體與第2導 光體之間,被導入予以緩和存在於這些導光體間之光學性 界面之折射率差之填充劑。此外,上述構造,與在第^導 光體與第2導光體之間存在有空氣層之情況相比較,可抑 制存在於第1導光體與第2導光體之間之光學性界面之反射 造成之光的衰減。於是,可更加提升光源光之利用效率, 表現作爲更明売的面光源之前方照明裝置。又,如上述, 第1導光體與第2導光體之至少一者之折射率,若與填充劑 之折射率相等,可減少第1導光體與第2導光體之間之光學 性界面數之故,更加有效。 又,本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述構造中加上上述 入射面與上述第i出射面係被配置爲形成鈍角。此外,依 上述構造,將入射面與第i出射面配置成鈍角,使得自入 射面入射之光源光中,向第〖出射面直接入射之成少減 V藉此,可提升光源光之利用效率,實現更明亮之前方 照明裝置。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 [實施形態9 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 本實施形態之反射型LCD之特徵在於:前光2〇對液晶胞 Ϊ 〇成開閉自如之蓋狀。 50- (請先閱讀背於之注意事項再填寫本頁)505812 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (46) In the case where the interface 28 of the light guide 24 of each embodiment is in contact with the air, the light movement direction of the interface 28 is different. Of the incident light from the light source 26, as shown in FIG. 31 (a), the component that is approximately perpendicularly incident on the incident surface 25 is directly incident from the incident surface 25 to the inclined portion 22 and then reflected, and then passes through the interface 2. 8 and filler 8 4 are incident on the liquid crystal cell 10. At this time, the movement of light at the interface 28 is the same as when the interface 28 is in contact with the air (see FIG. 3 (a)). On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 3 1 (b), the incident light from the light source 26 is from the incident surface 25 to the interface 23, such as the light 85 a, which is reflected by the flat portion 21 and then returns to the interface. 2 8 incident persons. In such light 8 5 a or incident light from the light source 26, as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the component that is incident from the incident surface 25 to the interface 28 first is because the interface 28 is substantially the same as the light guide 24. Because the fillers of refractive index 8 4 are connected, they can be transmitted through the interface 2 8 without any effect. Although these lights are incident on the liquid crystal layer 12 of the liquid crystal cell 10 at a very large incident angle, they are reflected by the reflecting plate 17 and incident on the interface 2 8 of the light guide 2 4 at the above-mentioned large incident angle. , Will not reach the observer. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read your notes before filling out this page). However, in order to improve the efficiency of light source light use, it is desirable to eliminate the components that are directly incident from the light source 2 6 to the interface 2 8 . Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3, the incident surface 25 is tilted such that the incident surface 25 and the interface 28 are obtuse, and the components directly incident from the incident surface 25 and the interface 28 can be removed. . In addition, as shown in FIG. 33, the angle r formed by the incident surface 25 and the interface 28 is as shown in FIG. 33. 'If the divergence angle after light from the light source 26 is incident on the incident surface 25 is taken as r ^ 9 〇 . + /? Is more ideal. From this, 5 from the incident surface --- 49- this paper size is in accordance with the national T national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 505812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (47 The incident light source is almost all toward the interface 2 Incidence in 3 directions can better improve the utilization efficiency of light from the light source. As mentioned above, the front lighting device of the present invention is connected between the i-th light guide and the second light guide, and is introduced to relax between these light guides. A filler having a refractive index difference at an optical interface. In addition, the structure described above can suppress the presence of an air layer between the first light guide and the second light guide compared to the case where an air layer is present between the second light guide and the second light guide. Attenuation of light caused by the reflection of the optical interface between the light guide and the second light guide. Therefore, the utilization efficiency of the light from the light source can be further improved, and it can be expressed as a brighter front surface lighting device. As described above, the first If the refractive index of at least one of the first light guide and the second light guide is equal to the refractive index of the filler, the number of optical interfaces between the first light guide and the second light guide can be reduced. It is even more effective. Moreover, the front lighting device of the present invention is In the above structure, the incident surface and the i-th emission surface are configured to form an obtuse angle. In addition, according to the above-mentioned structure, the incident surface and the i-th emission surface are arranged at an obtuse angle, so that the light source light incident from the incident surface is in the light source, By reducing V directly into the exit surface, V can improve the utilization efficiency of the light source and achieve brighter front lighting. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs [Embodiment 9] The following is based on the drawing The other embodiments of the present invention will be described. Structures having the same functions as the structures described in the previous embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof will be omitted. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is characterized by a front light 2o. The LCD cell can be opened and closed freely. 50- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 2 1X 8 05 5 A7 一 _ B7 發明説明(48 ) ^ 於前述各實施形態中’雖説明前方照明裝置之前光或前 光系統之種種形態,但特別是如實施形態4所記載之構 造。於導光體24之傾斜部上設金屬反射膜Ο之情況,金屬 反射膜47妨礙周圍光向導光體24入射。因此,周圍環境雖 未暗到要使用反射型LCD之照明模式,但在使用反射模式 無法得到充足之周圍光量之狀況中,特別是會有反射模式 之顯示變暗之情況。 因此,如圖34所示,本實施形態之反射型[(:1)91,前光 20之其一邊用例如鎖片(未圖示)等固定,而對液晶胞1〇開 閉自如地設置。此前光20與覆蓋液晶胞1〇及前光2〇之蓋 9 2,係形成爲可獨立開閉之内蓋。 故,將反射型LCD91使用照明模式之情況下,於液晶胞 1 0表面將前光2 0予以覆蓋之狀態,即在僅打開蓋9 2之狀 態下予以使用:在將反射型L C D 9 1使用反射模式之情況 下’可在對液曰曰胞1 0打開前光2 〇之狀態下予以使用。 藉此,使用反射模式之情況下,因前光2 〇不會產生光的 損失,可實現能經常呈現明亮顯示之反射型L C D。 又,上述雖説明將前光2 〇之至少一部分固定於液晶顯示 器,但將前光2 0完全單元化而構成爲對液晶胞1 〇脱離固著 自如亦可。惟,於此情況下,必需考慮在自液晶胞1 〇卸取 下前光2 0時之前光2 0的保管方法。 又,此處雖説明具備内蓋狀之前光2 0之反射型L C D,但 將前述各實施形態所説明之前光系統設成内蓋狀而予以構 成亦可。 __-51 - ____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背泰之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 2 1X 8 05 5 A7 _ B7 Description of the invention (48) ^ In the previous embodiments, 'Although the front light or front light of the front lighting device is described There are various forms of the system, but particularly the structure described in the fourth embodiment. In the case where a metal reflection film 0 is provided on the inclined portion of the light guide 24, the metal reflection film 47 prevents the surrounding light from entering the light guide 24. Therefore, although the surrounding environment is not dark enough to use a reflective LCD lighting mode, in a situation where a sufficient amount of ambient light cannot be obtained using the reflective mode, the display in the reflective mode may become dark in particular. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34, the reflective type [(: 1) 91 of this embodiment, the other side of the front light 20 is fixed with, for example, a lock plate (not shown), and the liquid crystal cell 10 is freely opened and closed. The front light 20 and the cover 92 covering the liquid crystal cell 10 and the front light 20 are formed as an inner cover that can be opened and closed independently. Therefore, when the reflective LCD 91 is used in the lighting mode, the front light 20 is covered on the surface of the liquid crystal cell 10, that is, the cover 9 2 is used only: the reflective LCD 91 is used In the case of the reflection mode, it can be used while the front light 2 is turned on for the liquid cell 10. With this, in the case of using the reflection mode, no loss of light is caused by the front light 20, and a reflection type L C D capable of constantly displaying bright display can be realized. In addition, although the above description has described that at least a part of the front light 20 is fixed to the liquid crystal display, the front light 20 can be completely unitized to be freely fixed to the liquid crystal cell 10. However, in this case, it is necessary to consider a storage method of the front light 20 when the front light 20 is removed from the liquid crystal cell 10. In addition, although a reflection type L CD having a front light 20 of an inner cover shape is described here, the front light system described in each of the embodiments described above may be configured as an inner cover. __- 51-____ This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions of Beitai before filling this page)-Order

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ^5812 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(49 如上,本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中前方照明裝 置係被設置爲可對反射型液晶元件開閉自如。此外,若依 上述構造’於將前方照明裝置予以點燈之狀態下,使用此 反射型液晶顯示裝置之情況下,於在液晶元件上覆蓋前方 照明裝置之狀態下予以使用,在不需要前方照明裝置之情 況下·,可於將前方照明裝置對液晶元件打開之狀態下予以 使用。藉此,在不需要前方照明裝置之情況下,亦不會因 前方照明裝置而妨礙周圍光入射,可提供能經常實現明亮 顯示之反射型液晶顯示裝置。 [實施形態1 0 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 前述各實施形態係説明將作爲前方照明裝置之前光或前 光系統,與作爲被照明物之反射型液晶胞予以組合之構造 &lt;反射型LCD。惟,本發明之前方照明裝置之前光或前光 系統,則並非僅與反射型液晶胞組合使用者。例如,如圖 =所示,本實施形態之照明裝置95中,前述各實施形態之 前光或前光系統係形成爲獨立之單元,可照明各種對象 物。 例如’上述照明裝置9 5如圖3 5所示,可配置於本9 6上使 用。藉此,如圖3 6所示,可僅照明該照明裝置9 5之約正正 方區域之故,如在臥室等讀書時,不會影響周遭的人。 又,上述各實施形態並非用以限定本發明者。可於發明 (請先閱讀背於之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 5812 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the Invention (49 As above, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention, in which the front lighting device is provided to The reflective liquid crystal element can be opened and closed freely. In addition, if the front lighting device is turned on according to the above-mentioned structure, when the reflective liquid crystal display device is used, the front lighting device is covered with the liquid crystal element. When used, when the front lighting device is not required, it can be used with the front lighting device turned on to the liquid crystal element. As a result, when the front lighting device is not needed, the front lighting device will not be used. A reflection type liquid crystal display device capable of constantly achieving bright display can be provided by obstructing the incidence of ambient light. [Embodiment 10] Hereinafter, other embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Structures with the same function are structured, and the same symbols are used to omit their descriptions. The embodiment describes a structure combining a front-light or front-light system as a front lighting device with a reflective liquid crystal cell as an object to be illuminated &lt; reflective LCD. However, the front-light or front-light system of the front lighting device of the present invention , It is not only a user combined with a reflective liquid crystal cell. For example, as shown in the figure, in the lighting device 95 of this embodiment, the front light or front light system of each of the foregoing embodiments is formed as an independent unit, which can illuminate various Objects. For example, 'The above-mentioned lighting device 95 can be placed on the notebook 96 as shown in FIG. 35. Thus, as shown in FIG. 36, only the approximately square area of the lighting device 95 can be illuminated. Therefore, when reading in the bedroom or the like, it will not affect the people around. Also, the above embodiments are not intended to limit the inventor. It can be invented (please read the precautions behind it before filling out this page)

、1T, 1T

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 505812 五、發明説明(50 &gt; 之範圍内有種種變更。例如,導光體材料,雖具體例 PMMA,但只要係可均一不衰減地導光,且折射率爲適當 値,如玻璃、聚碳酸酯、聚酯或聚乙晞等材料等材料亦 可。又,上述導光體之傾斜部及平坦部之尺寸等雖皆同一 例,但可於能獲得相同效果之範圍内自由設計。 又,液晶胞可使用單純矩陣型LCD、主動矩陣型LCD等 種種LCD。又,上述雖係採用使用偏光元件與檢1元件兼 用之一片偏光板之ECB模式(單偏光板模式)之液晶胞,但 採用其他未使用偏光板之PDLC或PC-GH等亦可。 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置如前述各實施形態所例 示,被知明物並不限於反射型液晶顯示元件,而可使用於 依外部之光的照明予以辨識顯示之顯示媒體全部。此外, 例如自反射型液日曰纟頃示裝置可將上述前方照明裝置予以固 著脱離,在不使用反射型液晶顯示裝置之情況下,可適宜 地予以卸除,而可使用於其他顯示媒體。 [貫施形態1 1 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又,對於具 有與前述各實施形態所説明之構造相同功能之構造,附註 相同之符號而省略其説明。 本實施形態之反射型L C D如圖3 7所示,於在反射型液晶 胞1 0 a前面具備前光2 0 a之構造方面,雖與前述實施形態! 相同’但於反射型液晶胞1 〇 a與前光2 〇 a之間配置第2導光 體(光學機構)’即防止反射膜1 3之點,形成於導光體2 4上 之平坦部2 1及傾斜部2 2之寬幅相異之點,以及於反射型液 (請先閱讀背备之注意事項再填寫本頁)Employees' cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China 505812 5. There are various changes within the scope of the invention description (50 &gt;) For example, although the light guide material is PMMA, as long as it can guide light uniformly without attenuation, and The refractive index is appropriate, and materials such as glass, polycarbonate, polyester, or polyethylene can also be used. In addition, although the dimensions of the inclined portion and the flat portion of the light guide are the same, they can be Freely design within the range that achieves the same effect. In addition, LCD cells can use a variety of LCDs such as simple matrix LCDs, active matrix LCDs, etc. Also, although the above uses the ECB mode using a polarizing plate that uses both a polarizing element and a detection element ( (Single polarizer mode) liquid crystal cell, but other PDLC or PC-GH without using a polarizer can also be used. As mentioned above, the previous illumination device of the present invention is exemplified by the foregoing embodiments, and the known objects are not limited to reflective type. The liquid crystal display element can be used to identify all display media that are displayed by the illumination of external light. In addition, for example, a self-reflecting liquid day display device The device is fixed and detached, and can be suitably removed without using a reflection type liquid crystal display device, and can be used for other display media. [贯 施 式 1 1] The following describes other aspects of the present invention based on the drawings. Embodiments. Structures having the same functions as the structures described in the previous embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted. The reflective LCD of this embodiment is shown in FIG. The structure of the front light 20 a in front of 1 0 a is the same as in the previous embodiment! 'But a second light guide (optical mechanism) is arranged between the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a and the front light 2oa'. That is, the point of the anti-reflection film 1 3, the point where the widths of the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 formed on the light guide 24 are different, and the reflection type liquid (please read the precautions of the backup first) (Fill in this page)

-、1T-, 1T

-53--53-

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 Α7 ---______ Β7 五、發明説明(51 ) ~ 晶胞1 0 a内部形成反射電極(反射板)i 7 a之點則與前述實施 形態1相異。 首先’具體説明前光2 0 a。此前光2 0 a與前述實施形態i 相同地主要係由光源26及導光體24所構成,以與導光體 2 4 &lt;入射面2 5相接之方式,設有用反射鏡2 7覆蓋之線狀 光源之光源2 ό。 導光體2 4之液晶胞1 〇 a側之界面(第1出射面)2 8係形成爲 平坦狀’與此界面相對向之界面(第2出射面)2 3係將與界 面28平行或約平行之平坦部,及對平坦部21於相同方向以 —定角度傾斜之傾斜部22,交互配置而形成。 如此’導光體2 4與前述實施形態1相同地如圖3 7所示, 於以光源2 6之長方向爲法線之斷面中,離光源2 6越遠越下 去而形成階梯狀。 此處一面爹照圖3 8 ( a )至(c ) 一面説明導光體2 *之形狀。 圖3 8 ( a)爲自平坦部法線方向上方看導光體之平面圖,圖 J 8 (b )爲自入射面法線方向看導光體之側面圖,圖3 8 ( c )爲 如導光體於對入射面及界面雙方垂直予以切斷之斷面圖。 導光體2 4之材質在本實施形態中係使用丙烯板,可將此 丙締板予以模型成型將導光體2 4加工成階梯狀。此導光體 24在本貫施形態中,寬幅冒二75 mm、長度l二170 mm,入 射面2 5邵份之厚度h〗= 2.0 mm,平坦部2 1之寬幅W^O.2 mm。又,傾斜部2 2之段差h 2 = 10 /』m,對平坦部2 1之傾斜 各α=45。,使得傾斜部之寬幅w2爲約i〇/im。 又’本貫施形態中,導光體2 4於離入射面2 5,即光源2 6 ________-54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背命之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂The Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China A7 ---______ Β7 V. Description of the Invention (51) ~ Unit cell 1 0 a The reflective electrode (reflector) i 7 a is formed inside is different from the aforementioned Embodiment 1 . First, the front light 20a will be described in detail. Previously, light 20 a was mainly composed of a light source 26 and a light guide 24 similarly to the above-mentioned embodiment i, and was covered with a reflecting mirror 2 7 so as to contact the light guide 2 4 &lt; incident surface 25 The linear light source of light 2 ό. The interface (first exit surface) 2 of the liquid crystal cell 10a side of the light guide 2 4 is formed flat. The interface opposite to this interface (second exit surface) 2 is parallel to the interface 28 or The approximately parallel flat portions and the inclined portions 22 which are inclined at a fixed angle to the flat portion 21 in the same direction are alternately arranged and formed. In this way, as shown in FIG. 37, the light guide body 24 is formed in a stepped shape as the distance from the light source 26 in a cross section normal to the longitudinal direction of the light source 26 as shown in FIG. 37. Here, the shape of the light guide 2 * will be described with reference to Figs. 38 (a) to (c). Figure 38 (a) is a plan view of the light guide viewed from above the normal direction of the flat portion, and Figure J8 (b) is a side view of the light guide viewed from the normal direction of the incident surface, and Figure 38 (c) is as A sectional view of the light guide body cut perpendicularly to both the incident surface and the interface. The material of the light guide 24 is an acrylic plate in this embodiment. The acrylic plate can be modeled to process the light guide 24 into a step shape. In this embodiment, the light guide 24 has a width of 75 mm, a length of 170 mm, a thickness h of the incident surface 25 5 = 2.0 mm, and a width W 1 of the flat portion 21. 2 mm. Further, the step difference h 2 of the inclined portion 22 is 10 / m, and the inclination of the flat portion 2 1 is α = 45. , So that the width w2 of the inclined portion is about i0 / im. Also, in this embodiment, the light guide 2 4 is at the distance from the incident surface 25, that is, the light source 2 6 ________- 54- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the back first (Please fill in this page before ordering)

五、發明説明(52 越遠之方向中,平坦邱)!、命 、』 。2心見幅Wl與傾斜部22之f 您和W3 = 0_21 mm漸漸變 I尾掄W2 4, ^ K J 對此十坦部2 1及傾斜邱? ?夕 (請先閱讀背釙之注意事項再填寫本頁) 構造,除圖3 8 ( a )至k、认 $丄 丨、年十口P 2 2足 明。又,於道光骨曲24cb , σ上圖39’丨以更具體地説 :26&quot; VI ,以離光源26越遠側之方向,即光 源2 6 4長万向作馬法岣士 1 70 以…矣- 以下稱爲第1方向,於圖中 以前號Α表7JT。 如圖39所示,將平坦部21與傾斜部22各组 組。自離光源26最近例士正上、 &quot;^ … 仞起心十坦邵21與傾斜部22之100組 馬第1區塊B 1。接著將、、几$ $ ,广&amp;、斤 1一 耆知,口此弟1區塊之第1方向之間隔賈4形 成爲2 1 mm。 其次之10 0组區塊之第2區塊B 2之上述間隔w 4形成爲2 〇 mm。f而,接下來之第3區塊h之間隔W4形成爲b mm第4區塊B 4之間隔W 4形成爲18 mm,第5區塊B 5之間 隔W4形成爲17 mm。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 斤故,本實施形態於導光體24中,自光源26側之端面起沿 第1方向至未配置光源2 6之侧之端面爲止,於每一區塊各 區塊4間隔W4各漸減少! mm。即,隨著離光源2 6越遠, 每個平坦部2 1及傾斜部2 2之1 〇〇組,平坦部2 !之間隔及傾 斜部2 2之間隔之和(平坦部2 1之寬幅w 1與傾斜部2 2之寬幅 W2 之和 W3)各漸減少 10 a m(1/1〇〇 mm)。又,圖 38(a) 至(c )爲便於説明,並未圖示平坦部2 1及傾斜部2 2之間隔 減少。 於上述導光體2 4中,上述傾斜部2 2主要作用在於:作爲 將來自光源2 6之光向界面2 8反射之面,即微小光源部。另 55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ⑽812 ⑽812 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(53 .一方面,平坦部2 1主要係在來自前光20a之照明光自液晶 胞l〇a作爲反射光回來時,作爲將此反射光向觀察者側透 過之面。這些各部之功用與前述實施形態1相同。 又,上述前光20a之導光體24係於此階悌狀構造上,再 加上使每個平坦部2 1及傾斜部22之1〇〇組,每〗組之間隔 各漸減少例如lOAm,即,具備將階悌狀之間隔離光源26 越遠變成越小之構造。因此,如圖4 〇 ( a)所示,傾斜部2 2 之單位面積的數係離光源2 6越遠越增加。 自光源2 6入射至入射面2 5之入射光,由作爲微小光源部 之傾斜部22反射,但因傾斜部22之單位面積之數離光源 2 6越遠越增加之故,由前光2 〇 a照明之被照明物之反射型 液晶胞1 0a,在離光源26越遠的位置,亮度越提高。通 苇,有位置離光源2 6越遠亮度越低之傾向之故,若係本實 施形態之導光體24之構造,於界面28(第i出射面)中,抵 消了因離光源2 6运而造成之免度降低,可將來自光源2 6之 光。以高角度效率良好地引導到被照明物整體上。於是, 可使被照明物側之界面(第丨出射面)即界面2 8側之亮度分 布平均化。 相對於此’如圖40(b)所示,導光體124形成爲楔形平板 狀&lt; 習知前光12〇將自光源26入射至入射面125之入射光直 接由界面123反射。此外,第i出射面(前光12〇中之界面 128)之亮度係離光源26越遠越降低。 又’第1出射面之亮度分布狀態如圖4 1所示,與習知前 光12〇疋亮度分布表示圖F相比較,本實施形態之前光2〇a -56- 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS ) M規格(21GX297公襲 (請先閱讀背ίτ之注意•事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (52 in the farther direction, flat Qiu)! ,Life ," . 2 heart width Wl and inclined portion 22 f and W3 = 0_21 mm gradually I tail 抡 W2 4, ^ K J To this ten Tan Department 2 1 and inclined Qiu? ? Xi (please read the notes on the back first and then fill out this page) structure, except for Fig. 38 (a) to k, the recognition of $ 丄, and the ten years of P 2 2 are clear. In addition, Yu Daoguang's bone curve 24cb, σ above Figure 39 '丨 to be more specific: 26 &quot; VI, in the direction farther away from the light source 26, that is, the light source 2 6 4 long universal to be a Maffai warrior 1 70 to … 矣-hereinafter referred to as the first direction, as previously shown in the figure, table 7JT. As shown in FIG. 39, the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 are each grouped. Since the nearest person from the light source 26 is up, &quot; ^ ... Then, we will know that,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-and-----------------------2-2 mm sections of the block 1 in this direction. The above-mentioned interval w 4 of the second block B 2 of the 100 blocks is formed to be 20 mm. f. Then, the interval W4 of the third block h is formed as b mm, the interval W 4 of the fourth block B 4 is formed as 18 mm, and the interval W4 of the fifth block B 5 is formed as 17 mm. This embodiment is printed in the light guide 24 from the end face on the side of the light source 26 in the first direction to the end face on the side where the light source 26 is not arranged in the light guide 24 in each area. Each block 4 interval W4 decreases gradually! mm. That is, as the distance from the light source 26 increases, each of the 100 groups of the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22, the sum of the interval between the flat portions 2 and the interval between the inclined portions 2 2 (the width of the flat portion 21 1 The width W1 and the sum W3 of the width W2 of the inclined portion 22 are gradually reduced by 10 am (1/100 mm) each. 38 (a) to (c) are for convenience of explanation, and the interval between the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 is not shown to be reduced. In the light guide 24, the inclined portion 22 is mainly used as a surface that reflects light from the light source 26 to the interface 28, that is, a minute light source portion. Another 55- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ⑽812 ⑽812 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Inventive Notes (53. On the one hand, the flat section 2 1 is mainly from the When the illumination light of the front light 20a returns from the liquid crystal cell 10a as reflected light, it serves as a surface that transmits the reflected light to the observer. The functions of these parts are the same as those of the first embodiment. The guide of the front light 20a is the same. The light body 24 is based on this step-shaped structure, and in addition to 100 groups of each flat portion 21 and inclined portion 22, the interval between each group gradually decreases, such as lOAm, that is, the step-shaped structure is provided. As the distance between the light sources 26 becomes smaller, the structure becomes smaller. As shown in FIG. 4 (a), the number of unit areas of the inclined portion 2 2 increases as the distance from the light source 26 increases. The incident light on the incident surface 25 is reflected by the inclined portion 22 as a minute light source portion. However, the number of unit areas of the inclined portion 22 increases as the distance from the light source 26 increases. Therefore, it is illuminated by the front light 20a. The reflective liquid crystal cell 1 0a of the object is at a position farther from the light source 26 The higher the brightness, the higher the distance from the light source 26 to the lower the brightness. If the structure of the light guide 24 of this embodiment is used, the interface 28 (the i-th exit surface) cancels out Due to the reduction in immunity caused by the distance from the light source 26, the light from the light source 26 can be efficiently guided to the entire object to be illuminated at a high angle. Therefore, the interface on the side of the object to be illuminated (the first exit) Surface), that is, the luminance distribution on the interface 2 and 8 sides is averaged. In contrast, as shown in FIG. 40 (b), the light guide 124 is formed into a wedge-shaped flat plate &lt; the conventional front light 12 will be incident from the light source 26 to the incident The incident light of the surface 125 is directly reflected by the interface 123. In addition, the brightness of the i-th output surface (the interface 128 in the front light 120) decreases as it gets farther from the light source 26. The brightness distribution of the first output surface is shown in the figure As shown in 41, compared with the conventional front light 120 ° brightness distribution representation F, the front light 20a of this embodiment -56- This paper size applies the Zhongguan Standard (CNS) M specification (21GX297 public attack ( (Please read the notes and notes of backing τ before filling in this page)

、1T, 1T

A7 ^ --~~-___ B7 五、發明説明(54 ) 之儿度刀布表7JT圖£,即使在離光源2 6距離遠之位置亦爲 —定。因^此,可知本實施形態之前光2〇a在第i出射~面(界 面2 8 )之亮度分布均一性方面較爲優異。 又,上述構造之導光體2 4,階梯之間距爲0 2 1 mm之 故、’導光體24所對應之反射型液晶胞1〇a之畫素周圍所形 成 &lt; 區塊矩陣之間距,與上述傾斜部2 2之溝的間距偏移。 其結果可抑制因區塊矩陣與傾斜部2 2之干涉所造成之斑紋 I產生心故,可提升所得到之反射型LCD之顯示品質。 另,關於此點將詳述於後。 上述導光體2 4之出射角度特性之結果如圖4 2所示,被照 射物之反射型L C D側(界面2 8侧)之圖g中,受光角在 •10至·5夂間,在峰値到達2.000 Cd/m2爲止亮度係上 升。相對於此,觀察者侧(界面2 3侧)之圖H中,受光角在 -60時到達最高500 Cd/m2之亮度左右,以約3〇。之角 度觀察反射型L C D,則亮度在丨〇〇 cd/ m2以下。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 如此’配置於導光體2 4端面之來自光源2 6之光,可自界 面28對被照明物(反射型[(:〇)以成約垂直之角度出射。同 時’於界面2 3側即觀察者侧幾乎無光漏洩,可將來自光源 2 6的光以高角度有效率地引導到被照明物。 又,本實施形態中雖使用螢光管作爲光源2 6,但光源2 6 並不拘此限,可使用例如LED(發光二極體),EL元件,或 i烏絲燈。 次之説明液晶胞1 〇 a。此液晶胞! 〇 a如圖3 7所示,雖基本 構造與實施形悲1之液晶胞1 〇相同,但在液晶胞丨〇 a内形成 -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)A7 ^-~~ -___ B7 V. Description of the invention (54) 7JT chart of the knife cloth table, even at a distance of 26 from the light source. Therefore, it can be seen that before the present embodiment, the light 20a is excellent in the uniformity of the brightness distribution of the i-th exit to the plane (interface 28). In addition, for the light guides 24 of the above structure, the distance between the steps is 0 2 1 mm, and the distance between the block matrixes formed around the pixels of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a corresponding to the light guide 24 , The distance from the groove of the inclined portion 22 is shifted. As a result, the occurrence of speckle I caused by the interference between the block matrix and the inclined portion 22 can be suppressed, and the display quality of the obtained reflective LCD can be improved. This point will be described in detail later. The results of the emission angle characteristics of the light guide 24 above are shown in FIG. 42. In the graph g of the reflective LCD side (interface 28 side) of the illuminated object, the light receiving angle is between • 10 to • 5 夂, in The brightness rises until the peak value reaches 2.000 Cd / m2. In contrast, in the graph H on the observer side (the interface 23 side), the light receiving angle reaches a brightness of about 500 Cd / m2 at a maximum of about -60 to about 30. Observing the reflection type L C D at an angle, the brightness is below 〇〇 cd / m2. The consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China printed so that the light from the light source 26 disposed on the end face of the light guide 2 4 can be illuminated from the interface 28 to the illuminated object (reflective [(: 〇) at an approximately vertical angle. At the same time, 'there is almost no light leakage on the interface 23 side or the observer side, and the light from the light source 26 can be efficiently guided to the object to be illuminated at a high angle. In addition, although a fluorescent tube is used as the light source in this embodiment 26, but the light source 26 is not limited to this. For example, an LED (light emitting diode), an EL element, or an iWise lamp can be used. Next, the liquid crystal cell 1 〇a. This liquid crystal cell! 〇a is shown in Figure 3. As shown in Figure 7, although the basic structure is the same as that of the liquid crystal cell 10 of the implementation of Form 1, but formed in the liquid crystal cell 丨 〇a -57- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)

反射板之點則相異。 此液晶胞1 0 a如圖4 3所千,丄 广、、^ 由—對電極基板1 la · 11c挾 住液晶層1 2,又,於顯示而% '声 …、面么彳即電極基板1 1 a侧具備相位 是板4 9及偏光板1 8。又,細a、, ^ , 相位差板49(圖37中未示)在圖 43雖圖示具備僅!片,但亦 口 』馬2片以上,又未具備亦可。 上述電極基板1 1 a係在且》 . 、有先透過性之玻璃基板1 4 a上設 形色濾過器3 8,於其上嗖诱日日十a 明電極15a(掃描線),以覆蓋 此透明電極1 5 a之方式形成、、存曰 + 成履日g配向膜1 6 a。又,對電極基 板1 1 a,應其必要形成绍絡π、 成、、巴緣杈吓可。又,彩色濾過器3 8並 未示於圖3 7中。 另方面私極基板1 1 c係於玻璃基板丨4 b上形成絕緣膜 1 9,又於其上形成反射電極(反射板)1 7 a,以覆蓋此反射 私極1 7 a之方式形成液晶配向膜丨6 b。於上述絕緣膜丨9表 面形成複數足凹凸邵,覆蓋此絕緣膜丨9之反射電極i 7 a表 亦形成複數之凹凸部。 上述反射電極1 7a兼爲驅動液晶層丨2之液晶驅動電極與 反射板。此反射電極i 7 a係使用反射特性優異之鋁反射電 極。又’上述絕緣膜! 9係由有機光阻劑形成,此絕緣膜i 9 I導通孔或凹凸部係由後述之光蝕刻法形成。上述玻璃基 板14a · 14b,透明電極· 15b及液晶配向膜ba · 1 6 b之材質或形成方法等則與前述實施形態1相同。 以下基於圖4 4 ( a)〜(e )説明上述電極基板1丨c之形成方 法。 首先’如圖44(a)所示,於玻璃基板14b上全面塗布有機 _ -58- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 〇仍812 、發明説明(56 光阻劑,經燒成絕緣膜 、一 , 其後如圖44(b)所不,隔基: 3〇以紫外線30am射纟 口 隔者罩 却 i , 象技19,而除去紫外線3〇a之昭射 如圖44(C)所示 a〈妝射 圖案。 抑糸外線3〇a之被照射部形成特定之 次之,如圖4 4 ( d )户斤- , 19,於18〇。⑯以力“二里:於形成有特定圖案之絕緣膜 而藉此熱溶形成凹凸部l9a。丁以Ή,使有機光阻劑熱溶 最後如圖44(e)所示 7 ”匕、# 以设盍此凹凸邵1 9 a之方式,搖鈕 丁以Μ減。H此1心凹 = 凸部之反射電極17&amp;。 ^…、表面形成凹 如此所得之電極基姑^ 1 c與上述電極基板1 1 a互相之诘曰 配向膜16a · 16b係相對a a立相炙履卵 w ., 對向,且刷擦處理方向係反平行配 置,並以黏接劑貼合。 丁订配 了坫山丨 於電極基板Ha · Uc之間、爲 :纟電極1 1 a · 1 1 C所形成之空隙間隔均-化,予先气 =粒挺4.5&quot;瓜之玻璃間隔元件(未圖示)。接著, ^ 人液晶而形成液晶層12。另,液晶層以 與則述實施形態1相同。 如上所述製造本實施形態之反射型液晶胞i0a,至於上 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 述説明以外之製造步.戰或製造條件,因係與前述實施形態 1 t反射型液晶胞1 〇 a相同之故,予以省略。 上述電極基板1 lc之反射電極17a上所形成之凹凸部之圖 案(即,絕緣膜19之凹凸部19a之圖案)係形成爲不規則, 使得入射至反射型液晶胞1〇a之入射光向特定方向擴散反 射〇 . -59 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇'〆297公釐) 505812 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(57 ) 、 上述絕緣膜19之凹凸部,凸部頂點與凹部底面之差在〇1 &quot;m至2/,m之範圍内爲理想。凹Λ部之凸部頂點與凹部底 面之差若在此範圍内’則可不受液晶分子之配向及液晶胞 之胞厚之影響。將入射光予以擴散。 如此形成之上述反射電極1 7a之反射特性與擴散反射特 性大致和紙相同的標準白色板(MGO)相比較之情況基於圖 4 5 丁以説明。上述M G 0 (及紙等)具有如圖中虛線之圖M所 示之各向等性之反射特性。相對於此,上述反射電極l7a (MRS)如圖中實現之圖N所示於± 30 °之角度具有指向性 之散射反射特性。 對於具備此種反射電極1 7 a之反射型液晶胞丨〇 a,即使有 來自正反射方向以外之光入射,亦可觀察圖像。又,上述 反射電極1 7 a之反射特性並不拘限爲圖4 5所示之特性,可 藉由適宜變更反射電極1 7a之設計,使其與使用反射型 L C D之機器之種類所對應之特性相對應。 又,上述反射電極17a係形成爲與反射型液晶胞1〇a内之 液晶層1 2相鄰接之故,與反射板係形成於反射型液晶胞 1 〇 a背面側(與導光體2 4所相接側的面相對的側面)之情況 相比較,可消除因玻璃基板i 4b所造成之視差。因此,在 所獲得之反射型L C D中,可抑制圖像的重疊。又,亦可簡 化反射型液晶胞1 〇 a之構造。 又,本實施形態之反射電極17a如圖37及圖43所示,反 射型液晶胞1 0 a之顯示模式爲具備偏光板丨8之偏光模式亦 可,又,如圖4 6所示爲賓主型模式(無偏光板)之反射型液 _ _60_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I i 4 — (請先閱讀背赶之注意事項再填寫本頁)The points of the reflectors are different. This liquid crystal cell 10a is shown in Fig. 4.3, and it can be used as a counter electrode substrate 1 la · 11c to hold the liquid crystal layer 12. In addition, the sound is displayed on the display and the surface is the electrode substrate. 1 1 a side includes a phase plate 4 9 and a polarizing plate 1 8. It should be noted that the phase difference plate 49 (not shown in FIG. 37) is provided only in FIG. 43 as shown in FIG. 43. Film, but also mouth 『Ma 2 pieces or more, if not available. The above-mentioned electrode substrate 1 1 a is provided on a glass substrate 1 4 a having a translucency, and a shape filter 3 8 is provided thereon, and a bright electrode 15a (scanning line) is seduced thereon to cover The transparent electrode 15 a is formed in such a manner that an alignment film 16 a is formed. In addition, the counter electrode substrate 1 1 a should be formed as necessary. The color filters 38 are not shown in Fig. 37. On the other hand, the private electrode substrate 1 1 c is formed on the glass substrate 丨 4 b to form an insulating film 19, and a reflective electrode (reflective plate) 1 7 a is formed thereon, so as to cover the reflective private electrode 17 a. Alignment film 6 b. A plurality of irregularities are formed on the surface of the above-mentioned insulating film, and the reflective electrode i 7 a covering this insulating film, also forms a plurality of irregularities. The above-mentioned reflective electrode 17a serves as both a liquid crystal driving electrode for driving the liquid crystal layer 2 and a reflecting plate. This reflective electrode i 7 a uses an aluminum reflective electrode having excellent reflection characteristics. Again ’the above-mentioned insulating film! The 9 series is formed of an organic photoresist, and the insulating film i 9 I via hole or uneven portion is formed by a photoetching method described later. The materials, forming methods, etc. of the glass substrates 14a, 14b, transparent electrodes 15b, and liquid crystal alignment films ba · 16b are the same as those in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, a method for forming the above-mentioned electrode substrate 1 丨 c will be described based on FIGS. 4 (a) to (e). First 'as shown in Figure 44 (a), the organic coating is fully coated on the glass substrate 14b. -58- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm). 812, Invention description (56 Photoresist) Agent, after firing the insulating film, one, and then as shown in Figure 44 (b), the spacer: 30 irradiated the mouth with a UV light 30am cover i, elephant technology 19, and remove the ultraviolet 3a A is shown in Figure 44 (C) as a makeup makeup pattern. The irradiated part of the outside line 30a is formed secondly, as shown in Figure 4 (d) Hu Jin-19, at 18 °. Force "2 Miles: The embossed portion 19a is formed by heat-dissolving on an insulating film with a specific pattern formed. Ding Yiying makes the organic photoresist hot-melt. Finally, as shown in Fig. 44 (e), 7" According to the method of embossing 1 9 a, the rocking knob is reduced by M. H 1 concavity = the reflective electrode 17 of the convex part. ^ ..., the electrode base so obtained on the surface is concave 1 c and the above electrode substrate 1 1 a each other said that the alignment film 16a · 16b is opposed to the aa standing phase w., Is opposite, and the brushing direction is anti-parallel, and is bonded with an adhesive. 丁 定 配Laoshan 丨 The space between the electrode substrates Ha · Uc is: the space between the electrodes 1 1 a · 1 1 C is equalized, and the pre-gas = grains 4.5 &quot; glass spacer element (not shown) ) Then, the liquid crystal layer 12 is formed by a liquid crystal. In addition, the liquid crystal layer is the same as that in Embodiment 1. The reflective liquid crystal cell i0a of this embodiment is manufactured as described above, and is consumed by the staff of the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Cooperatives print the manufacturing steps, manufacturing conditions, and manufacturing conditions other than those described in the description, and are omitted because they are the same as the above-mentioned embodiment 1t reflective liquid crystal cell 10a, and are formed on the reflective electrode 17a of the above-mentioned electrode substrate 1lc. The pattern of the uneven portion (ie, the pattern of the uneven portion 19a of the insulating film 19) is formed irregularly, so that the incident light incident on the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a diffuses and reflects in a specific direction. -59 This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × '297 mm) 505812 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (57), the convex and concave portions of the insulating film 19, the apex of the convex portion and the concave portion Of the bottom It is ideal in the range of 〇1 &quot; m to 2 /, m. If the difference between the convex top of the concave Λ and the bottom of the concave is within this range, it is not affected by the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules and the cell thickness of the liquid crystal cells. The incident light is diffused. The comparison between the reflection characteristics and the diffuse reflection characteristics of the above-mentioned reflective electrode 17a thus formed is similar to that of a standard white plate (MGO) made of paper. The description will be based on FIG. 45. The above MG 0 (and paper Etc.) has an isotropic reflection characteristic as shown by a dotted line M in the figure. In contrast, the above-mentioned reflective electrode 17a (MRS) has a directional scattering reflection characteristic at an angle of ± 30 ° as shown in the figure N realized in the figure. For a reflective liquid crystal cell including such a reflective electrode 17a, an image can be observed even if light from a direction other than the regular reflection direction is incident. In addition, the reflection characteristics of the above-mentioned reflective electrode 17a are not limited to those shown in FIG. 4-5, and the design of the reflective electrode 17a can be appropriately changed so as to correspond to the characteristics of the type of the device using the reflective LCD Corresponding. The reflective electrode 17a is formed adjacent to the liquid crystal layer 12 in the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a, and the reflective electrode 17a is formed on the back side of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a (with the light guide 2). Parallax caused by the glass substrate i 4b can be eliminated in comparison with the case where the surface on the side to be contacted is opposite to the side). Therefore, in the obtained reflection-type LCD, the overlap of images can be suppressed. The structure of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a can also be simplified. In addition, as shown in FIG. 37 and FIG. 43, the reflective electrode 17a of this embodiment may be a display mode of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a in a polarized light mode including a polarizing plate, and as shown in FIGS. Reflective liquid of the type mode (without polarizing plate) _ _60_ This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I i 4 — (Please read the precautions before filling in this page before filling this page)

、1T, 1T

505812 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明説明(58 ) 晶胞亦可。又’此種反射型液晶胞之基本構造與反射型液 晶胞1 0 a幾乎相同之故,省略其詳細説明。 次之’説明於上述液晶胞1 0 a上配置之晝素構造。如圖 4 7所示,上述反射型液晶胞1 〇 a沿該反射型液晶胞1 〇 a之 長方向形成複數之掃描線5 4 ...,於與形成此掃描線5 4 ... 之方向垂直之方向上形成複數之信號線5 5 .··。接著,以與 由此掃描線5 4 ...與信號線5 5 ·.·所形成之格子狀圖案相對 應之方式,形成複數之晝素56。 1個晝素5 6係由與紅(R)、綠(g )、藍(B ) 3種彩色濾過器 相對應之畫素電極5 6 a所成。這些畫素電極5 6 a係沿掃描線 5 4…所形成之方向,依r、g、B之順序配置。 上述反射型液晶胞1 〇 a之形狀在本實施形態中爲對角6.5 型尺寸(縱WL-58mm ’橫Ll=154.5 mm),掃描線5 4數505812 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 V. Description of Invention (58) The unit cell is also available. Since the basic structure of such a reflective liquid crystal cell is almost the same as that of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a, a detailed description thereof is omitted. Next, the structure of the day element arranged on the above-mentioned liquid crystal cell 10a is explained. As shown in FIG. 4, the above-mentioned reflective liquid crystal cell 10a forms a plurality of scanning lines 5 4 ... along the long direction of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a. A plurality of signal lines 5 5 are formed in a direction perpendicular to the direction. Next, a plurality of day elements 56 are formed in a manner corresponding to the grid-like pattern formed by the scanning lines 5 4 ... and the signal lines 5 5 ···. One day element 5 6 is composed of pixel electrodes 5 6 a corresponding to three color filters of red (R), green (g), and blue (B). These pixel electrodes 5 6 a are arranged in the order of r, g, and B along the direction formed by the scanning lines 5 4... The shape of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a in this embodiment is a diagonal 6.5 type (vertical WL-58mm 'horizontal Ll = 154.5 mm), and the number of scanning lines 5 4

Xm = 240條、信號線55數γη = 64〇條。又,反射型液晶胞 1(^上所配置之畫素56之間距?1^0 24 111111(11、〇1)。上 述晝素56.··周邊中未圖示之區域矩陣(以下稱爲ΒΜ)之寬 幅形成爲8 &quot; m 〇 本貫施形態4反射型L C D係將上述反射型液晶胞丨〇 a與 前光20a予以組合而成。此處,於前光2〇a中,導光體以 之平坦部2丨及傾斜部22之間距如上所述爲〇·21爪⑺,掃描 線5 4..·即比BM之間距更小。因此…上述反射型液晶胞 l〇a之BM之間距與上述傾斜部22之溝之間距可移開。在 移開這些間距後,即可抑制因BM與傾斜部22之干涉所造 成之斑紋之產生。因此,可提升所得到之反射型lcd之顯 ---— _61 ' 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21 〇χ]97公襲) '一· ~ _ (請先閱讀背赶之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、訂Xm = 240, 55 signal lines γη = 64. In addition, the distance between the reflective liquid crystal cells 1 (pixels 56 arranged on ^? 1 ^ 0 24 111111 (11, 〇1). The above-mentioned day element 56.... Area matrix (not shown) (BM) is formed in a wide width of 8 &quot; m 〇 this embodiment 4 reflective LCD is a combination of the above-mentioned reflective liquid crystal cell 丨 〇a and front light 20a. Here, in front light 20a, The distance between the flat portion 2 丨 and the inclined portion 22 of the light guide is 〇21 claws as described above, and the scanning line 5 is smaller than the distance between the BMs. Therefore, the above-mentioned reflective liquid crystal cell 10a The distance between the BM distance and the groove distance of the inclined portion 22 can be removed. After these distances are removed, the occurrence of streaks caused by the interference between the BM and the inclined portion 22 can be suppressed. Therefore, the reflection obtained can be improved. Display of type LCD ---- _61 'This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21 〇χ] 97 public attack)' 一 · ~ _ (Please read the precautions before filling in this page before filling in this page) Order

505812 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印f 五、發明説明(59 示品質。 上述導光體2 4之構造中,平坦部2丨及傾斜部2 2之間隔雖 比掃描線5 4..·之間距小,但亦可將上述間距做成比掃描線 54之間距更大。即,爲抑制斑紋產生,只要將傾斜部^之 溝的間距與B Μ之間距移開即可。 此處,將平坦部21之寬幅Wi與傾斜部22之寬幅w2之和 w2做成傾斜部22之溝的間距。又,上述BM雖以遮蔽掃描 線54...及信號線55...之方式形成,但因與傾斜部22之溝 .平行者爲掃描線54...之故,將掃描線54之間距ρι做成 B Μ之間距。 將上述傾斜部22之溝的間距與ΒΜ之間距移開,雖只要 將上述\\^與?1做成不—致(W0Pi)之狀態即可,但此 與Pi之關係,以Ws爲匕的2倍更大的寬幅(W3&gt;2pi),或 W3爲比p】的一半更小之寬幅(W3&lt;1/2Pi)最爲理想。 上述〜3與?1之關係係在上述範圍外之情況下,即使傾斜 部22之溝的間距與BM之間距移開,在光學性判斷之情況 下,可視馬大概一致。因此,無法有效抑制之產生並不理 想。 又,本實施形態之平坦部21之寬幅Wi與傾斜部22之寬 幅W2,或這些…,與…2之和W3、傾斜部22之角度等,並 不限於上述數値,只要係配合所使用之反射型液晶胞10a 之晝素構造而形成即可。 广本實施形態爲使亮度分布平均化,雖以離光源26越 边的万向(第1方向)減少平坦部2 !之間距之方式予以對 -62- ‘紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A#規格(21〇x29:7公釐) (請先閲讀背釕之注意事項再填寫本頁) -1— n ίί .505812 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The description of the invention (59 shows the quality. In the structure of the light guide 24, the distance between the flat portion 2 and the inclined portion 2 2 is better than the scanning line 5 4 .. · The interval is small, but the above-mentioned interval can be made larger than the interval between the scanning lines 54. That is, in order to suppress the occurrence of streaks, it is only necessary to move the interval between the grooves of the inclined portion ^ and the distance between BM. Here, The sum of the width W2 of the flat portion 21 and the width w2 of the slanted portion 22 is used as the pitch of the grooves of the slanted portion 22. In addition, the above BM shields the scanning lines 54 ... and the signal lines 55 ... The method is formed, but because the groove is parallel to the inclined portion 22, the scanning line 54 is parallel. Therefore, the distance between scanning lines 54 is made to be BM. The distance between the groove of the inclined portion 22 and the BM is The distance is removed, although it is only necessary to make the above ^^ and? 1 into a non-inconsistent (W0Pi) state, but the relationship between this and Pi is 2 times larger than Ws (W3 &gt; 2pi). ), Or W3 is a wide width (W3 &lt; 1 / 2Pi) smaller than half of p]. The relationship between ~ 3 and? 1 is outside the above range. The distance between the grooves of the inclined portion 22 and the distance between the BMs is approximately the same as in the case of optical judgment. Therefore, it is not ideal to prevent the generation effectively. Also, the width of the flat portion 21 of this embodiment is wide. The wide width W2 of Wi and the inclined portion 22, or the sum of these ..., the sum of W2, the angle of the inclined portion 22, and the like are not limited to the above-mentioned numbers, as long as the daylight structure of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a used is compatible In this embodiment, in order to equalize the brightness distribution, the alignment is performed by reducing the distance between the flat parts by reducing the distance from the light source 26 to the universal direction (first direction). -62- 'Paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A # Specification (21 × 29: 7 mm) (Please read the precautions for back ruthenium before filling out this page) -1— n ίί.

• / m · ⑽812 A7 B7 五、發明説明(60 ) • 應,但不變化間距而使傾斜部2 2之角度變化,以使平坦部 2 1與傾斜部2 2之間距和減少亦可。如,使平坦部2 1減 小,並同時使平坦部2 1與傾斜部2 2所成之角度α在離光源 2 6越遠的方向(第1方向)越小,便可使平坦部2 1與傾斜部 2 2之間距之和減小。即使於此種情況下,即可使進入傾斜 部2 2之光自離光源2 6越遠之方向(第1方向)有效率地出射 之故,可使亮度分布平均化。 又’本實施形態之反射型L C D係除上述構造之前光2 〇 a 及上述構造之反射型液晶胞丨〇 a外,尚於該前光2 〇 a與反射 型液晶胞1 0 a之間,配置有作爲第2導光體之防止反射膜。 説明此防止反射膜,則上述反射型L C D係於反射型液晶 胞1 0所配置之偏光板1 8與導光體2 4之界面(第1出射面) 上,黏接作用上述防止反射膜之防止反射膜i 3。 此防止反射膜1 3在本實施形態中係使用日東電工股份有 限公司製之防止反射膜(TAC-HC/AR)。此防止反射模 1 3係具4層構造之多層構造膜。具體上,基材層使用TAC 膜,其上第1層爲MgF2層,第2層爲CeF3層,第3層爲 Ti〇2層,第4層爲MgF2層而形成防止反射膜1 3。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背命之注意事項再填寫本頁} 上述T AC膜之折射率nt = 1.5 1,厚度爲1〇〇 &quot; m。又,第 1層之MgF2層之折射率nm=1.38,厚度爲約1〇〇謂、第2 層爲CeF3層之折射層1.63、厚度爲約120 nm,第3層 之Τι〇2層之折射率nti = 23〇,厚度爲約12〇11111,第4層之 MgF2層之折射率n = ! 38,厚度爲約1〇〇 ηηι。此第1層至第 4層係於基材層之TAC膜上順次依眞空蒸鍍法形成。 ---—-- _____- 63 ~__ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)&quot; - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 發明説明(61 丙=與!光20a黏接時,形成具有與導光體24所用之 厚希材枓1折射率n2大約相同之折射率之㈣系之黏接劑 :θ。因此,不必改變導光體24内之光的輸出入條件,即可 疋升防止反射政果,周時亦可防止亮度分布不均或虹 分光產生。 又,上述第i TAC膜並非防止反射膜i 3之構造中之必要 構造。例如除去第!層,直接將第2層至第4層層積於導光 體24上亦可。惟,於此情況下,可能有製造成本會稍許上 升之虞。 上述多層構造膜之防止反射膜丨3。對於波長λ =55〇 n m ’構成λ / 4 ·凡/ 2 · A / 4 - A / 4波長板。因此,該防止反 射膜1 3可在底波長帶域具有作爲防止反射膜丨3之作用。 上埤導光體24中,形成於該導光體24表面(界面23)之傾 斜4 2 2 ’具有對反射型液晶胞1 〇 &amp;作爲微小光源部之功 能。因此,雖自傾斜部2 2對反射型液晶胞1 〇 a照射光,但 於導光體2 4與反射型液晶胞1 〇 a之界面,即,與界面2 3相 對之面即界面2 8中,來自傾斜部2 2的光之中約4 %左右反 射成爲反射光^ . 依此反射光之產生,形成來自界面2 8向界面2 3侧之反射 像。因此,此反射像與上述傾斜部2 2之像互相干涉或折 回,由觀察者觀之,於反射型L C D表面產生亮度分布不均 或虹光分光。 惟,本實施形態中,本實施形態之反射型L C D之反射型 液晶胞1 0 a與前光2 0 a之間,即於導光體2 4之界面2 8侧, -64- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2l〇X297公釐) (請先閱讀背命之注意事項再填寫本頁)• / m · ⑽812 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (60) • The angle of the inclined portion 22 should be changed without changing the pitch so that the distance between the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 can be reduced. For example, if the flat portion 21 is reduced, and the angle α formed by the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 is smaller in the direction (first direction) farther from the light source 26, the flat portion 2 can be made smaller. The sum of the distance between 1 and the inclined portion 2 2 decreases. Even in this case, the light entering the inclined portion 22 can be efficiently emitted from the direction (first direction) farther from the light source 26, so that the luminance distribution can be averaged. In addition, the reflective LCD of this embodiment is between the front light 20a and the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a, in addition to the light 20a before the structure and the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a of the structure described above. An antireflection film is disposed as the second light guide. Explaining this anti-reflection film, the above-mentioned reflective LCD is attached to the interface (the first exit surface) of the polarizing plate 18 and the light guide body 24 arranged in the reflective liquid crystal cell 10, and functions as the anti-reflection film. Anti-reflection film i 3. In this embodiment, the anti-reflection film 13 is an anti-reflection film (TAC-HC / AR) manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation. This anti-reflection mode 13 is a multilayer structure film having a 4-layer structure. Specifically, a TAC film is used as the base material layer. The first layer is a MgF2 layer, the second layer is a CeF3 layer, the third layer is a Ti02 layer, and the fourth layer is a MgF2 layer to form an antireflection film 13. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautionary note before filling out this page) The refractive index of the above T AC film is nt = 1.5 1, and the thickness is 100 m. Also, the first layer The refractive index of the MgF2 layer is nm = 1.38, the thickness is about 100, the refractive layer of the second layer is CeF3 layer, 1.63, the thickness is about 120 nm, and the refractive index of the Ti02 layer of the third layer is nti = 23. , The thickness is about 12011111, the refractive index of the MgF2 layer of the fourth layer is n = 38, and the thickness is about 100 nm. The first to fourth layers are sequentially spaced on the TAC film of the substrate layer Formed by evaporation method. ------ _____- 63 ~ __ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) &quot; C = When bonding with the light 20a, an adhesive with a refractive index of approximately the same as that of the thick material used for the light guide 24, the refractive index n2, is formed: θ. Therefore, it is not necessary to change the light guide 24 The input and output conditions of the internal light can enhance the anti-reflection effect and prevent the uneven distribution of brightness or the occurrence of iridescence. The i-th TAC film is not a necessary structure in the structure of the anti-reflection film i 3. For example, the second layer to the fourth layer can be directly laminated on the light guide 24 without the first! Layer. However, in this case, There may be a possibility that the manufacturing cost may increase slightly. The anti-reflection film of the above-mentioned multilayer structure film 丨 3. For a wavelength λ = 550 nm 'constitute λ / 4 · Fan / 2 · A / 4-A / 4 wavelength plate. Therefore The anti-reflection film 13 can function as an anti-reflection film 3 in the bottom wavelength band. In the upper light guide 24, the inclination 4 2 2 'formed on the surface (interface 23) of the light guide 24 has The reflective liquid crystal cell 1 0 &amp; functions as a minute light source part. Therefore, although the reflective liquid crystal cell 1 10a is irradiated with light from the inclined portion 22, the light guide 24 and the reflective liquid crystal cell 1 0a In the interface, that is, the surface opposite to the interface 23, that is, the interface 28, about 4% of the light from the inclined portion 22 is reflected as reflected light ^. According to the generation of the reflected light, the direction from the interface 2 8 is formed. The reflection image at the interface 2 3 side. Therefore, this reflection image and the image of the inclined portion 22 above interfere with each other or fold back. The observer observes that uneven brightness distribution or iris beam splitting occurs on the surface of the reflective LCD. However, in this embodiment, between the reflective liquid crystal cell 10 a and the front light 20 a of the reflective LCD in this embodiment. That is, on the 2-8 side of the interface 2 of the light guide 24, -64- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions for fatality before filling this page)

)咖12 A7 ~_____B7 __ 五、發明説明(62 ) 一 配置上述防止反射膜〗3之故,可抑制來自傾斜部22之入射 光於界面2 8所反射所產生之反射光產生。 此外,可防止作爲微小光源部作用之傾斜部2 2之像,與 毛界面2 8側所反射之反射像之干涉或折回。因此,於觀察 者侧(界面2 3側)所觀察之顯示上的亮度分布之不均或虹色 的分光產生。 基於配置此防止反射膜丨3之情況,與未配置之情況,比 較本實施形態之反射型LCD之顯示亮度分布,如圖48所 不’配置防止反射膜1 3之情況之圖c比未配置防止反射膜 1 j之情況之圖D,亮度分布無不均且爲一定,並更能提升 其亮度。 又,上述構造之防止反射膜丨3,可直接使用市售品之 故’可抑制前光2 0 a之製造成本之上升。因此,可獲得具 備此便宜的前光2 0 a及其的反射型L C D。 又’因係藉由具有與第i導光體之導光體24之折射率〜 大致相等之折射率n〗之黏接劑,黏接上述防止反射膜丨3之 故,可大致不必改變導光體2 4内之光的輸出入條件。即可 提升防止反射效果。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 I !_ - - y - =- !Λ— - - - m I (请先閲讀背*r之注意事項再填寫本頁)) Ca 12 A7 ~ _____ B7 __ V. Description of the Invention (62)-The configuration of the above-mentioned anti-reflection film 3 can suppress the generation of reflected light generated by the incident light from the inclined portion 22 reflected on the interface 28. In addition, it is possible to prevent the image of the inclined portion 22 acting as a minute light source portion from interfering with or being folded back from the reflection image reflected from the hair interface 28 side. Therefore, unevenness of the luminance distribution on the display observed by the observer (interface 23 side) or spectroscopic iris occurs. Based on the situation in which this antireflection film is arranged, the display brightness distribution of the reflective LCD in this embodiment is compared with the case in which it is not arranged. As shown in FIG. 48, the figure c of the case where the antireflection film is not arranged is shown in FIG. In the picture D of the case of the anti-reflection film 1 j, the brightness distribution is non-uniform and constant, and the brightness can be further improved. In addition, the anti-reflection film 3 having the above-mentioned structure can directly use a commercially available product ', and can suppress an increase in manufacturing cost of the front light 20a. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a reflection type L C D having this inexpensive front light 20 a and this. Also, because the above-mentioned antireflection film is adhered by an adhesive having a refractive index n of approximately equal to the refractive index n of the light guide 24 of the i-th light guide, it is not necessary to change the guide. Input and output conditions of light in the light body 24. This improves the anti-reflection effect. Yin Fan, a consumer cooperative of employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs I! _--Y-=-! Λ—---m I

又,上述防止反射膜1 3之構造及材質並不限於上述構造 及材質。例如波長板之構造爲A / 4 _ A / 2 - λ / 2 · λ / 2 _ Λ / 4 之構造亦可。此種波長板之構造可更進一步於廣波長帶域 獲得防止反射效果。又A Μ波長板之單層構造之防止反射 膜亦可。惟,這種情況下,可獲得防止反射效果之波常帶 域可能有變狹窄之虞。 _______ 65 _ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準( CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 505812 A7 五、發明説明(63 ) 如此,形成於導光體2 4表面(界面2 3 )之平坦部2 1與傾斜 邵2 2之間距,係向離光源2 6遠的方向(第1方向)變小而形 成,於上述傾斜部2 2所反射之反射光量,可比習知者向離 光源越遠的方向增加。因此,可使導光體2 4之界面2 3 (第i 出射面)之亮度分布平均化。 又,將形成於前光20a之導光體24之界面23之平坦部21 與傾斜部22之間距,做成比反射型液晶胞1 0a之間距更 小,使得可以抑制形成於晝素5 6…周圍之B Μ與上述傾斜 邵2 2之溝所造成之光的干涉造成之斑紋產。因此,可防止 反射型L C D之顯示品質之劣化。 又,反射型液晶胞10a與前光20a之間設有防止反射膜 13,而可防止導光體?4之界面23之亮度分布不均或虹光 的分光產生。因此,可得到更明亮且顯示品質更高之反射 型液晶L C D。 卜 口毛反射型液晶胞1 〇 a之反射電極1 7 a上形成凹凸 ^ 可不受液晶分子配向及胞原影響而予以擴散入射光。 因此·,即使光自正反射方向以外入射至反射型液晶胞 1 〇 a,亦可觀察圖像。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) % &amp; =上述,本發明之前方照明裝置,其中上述第2導光體係 :丁 ::抑制來自第i導光體之第2出射面之光於該第i導光 體心第1出射面反射之光學機構。 週系,第1導光體之第!出射面上有來自形成於第2出射 :之il、斜4之光反射而成反射光。藉此反射光之產生,自 第寸光也又第1出射面向第2出射面形成反射像。結果, 本紙張尺度適用中釐厂_-_ ----—- 505812 ---- -β7 五、發明説明(64 ) 此反射像與上述傾斜部之像互相千、牛 、 T %立相干涉或折回,自觀察者觀 之,於被照明物表面產生亮度分布不均或虹光之分光。 ,,依上述構造,前方照明裝置之第2導光體二上述光 學機構之故,彳抑制㈣傾斜部之入射光於,出射面反 射而產生反射光。此外,可防止作爲微小光源部之倾斜部 之像,與因反射光之反射像之干涉或折回。因此,可防止 於觀察者侧(第2出射面)所觀察之顯示上之亮度分布不均或 虹光之分光產生。 本發明之前方照明裝置’其中上述光學機構爲防止反射 膜。此外,上述光學機構可直接使用市售之防止反射膜之 故,可抑制前方照明裝置之製造成本上升。於是,可提供 便宜的前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置,其中上述光學機構係由具有與 上逑第1導光體之折射率相等之折射率之黏接劑黏接於第i 導光體。此外,可大致不改變第1導光體内之光的輸出入 條件,即可提升防止反射效果。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 本發明之别方知、明t置,其中形成於上市導光體之平坦 邵之間距與傾斜部之間距之和,係離上述入射面越遠變成 越小。此外,上述傾斜部之單位面積之數離光源越遠越 小。k著此傾斜部之增加,被照明物之表面之亮度在離光 源越遠的位置上越上升。通常,在離光源越遠的位置亮度 越降低之故’上述構造中,依此傾斜部之增加,可抵消因 離光源遠而造成的被照明物亮度降低,可有效率的將來自 光源的光以高角度引導到被照明物整體。於是可使被照明 -------- 87 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規桔(210X 297公釐) 505812 kl 五、發明説明(65 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 物表面之亮度分布平均化。 本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中反射型液晶元件具 備掃描線,與上述掃描線之間距相比較,前方照明裝置之 第2出射面之平坦邵之間距與傾斜部之間距之和較小。 料,依上述構造,上料坦部與傾㈣之^£之和比 知描線間距之和更小之故,前方照明裝置之傾斜部之間距 與反射型液晶元件之畫素周圍所形成之區塊矩陣之間距移 開。於是,可抑制區塊矩陣與傾斜部之干涉造成之:紋^ 生 &lt; 故,可提升所獲得之反射型液晶顯示裝置之顯示品 質。 ’、 本發明(反射型液晶顯示裝置。係於上述構造中,反 型液晶顯示裝置具備掃描線:與上述掃描線之相比較,寸 万照明裝置之第2出射面之平坦部之與傾斜部之間距夕^ 較大。即使爲此構造,开)成於前方照明裝置之傾 距與反射型液晶元件的畫素周圍之區塊矩陣之間距;相: 開。於是,可抑制因區塊矩陣與傾斜部之干涉造成之斑么、 ;生之故,可提升所獲得之反射型液晶顯示裝置之顯示: 質。、P 本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置,係於上述構造中,上求 反射型液晶顯示元件具備於表面具有凹凸部之反射板。: 外,反射板不受液晶分子之配向及液晶胞之胞原影響而將 入射光予以擴散。因此,即使在正反射方向 入射,亦可觀察圖像。 τ ^ 本發明之反射型液晶顯示裝置’係於上述構造中,上述 -68- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇 χ 297公教 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The structure and material of the antireflection film 13 are not limited to the above structure and material. For example, the structure of the wavelength plate may be A / 4 _ A / 2-λ / 2 · λ / 2 _ Λ / 4. The structure of such a wavelength plate can further obtain anti-reflection effect in a wide wavelength band. An anti-reflection film with a single-layer structure of the AM wave plate may also be used. However, in this case, there may be a possibility that the wave constant region where the anti-reflection effect can be obtained becomes narrow. _______ 65 _ This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 505812 A7 V. Description of the invention (63) In this way, the flat portion 2 1 formed on the surface (interface 2 3) of the light guide 2 4 and The distance between the tilted Shao 2 and 2 is formed in a direction (the first direction) that is far from the light source 26. The amount of reflected light reflected by the inclined portion 22 can be increased farther from the light source than a conventional person. . Therefore, the luminance distribution of the interface 2 3 (i-th exit surface) of the light guide 24 can be averaged. In addition, the distance between the flat portion 21 and the inclined portion 22 formed on the interface 23 of the light guide 24 of the front light 20a is made smaller than the distance between the reflective liquid crystal cells 10a, so that the formation on the day element 5 6 can be suppressed. … The speckles caused by the interference of the surrounding B M with the light caused by the above-mentioned inclined Shao 2 2 ditch. Therefore, deterioration of the display quality of the reflective L C D can be prevented. Moreover, an antireflection film 13 is provided between the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a and the front light 20a, so that the light guide can be prevented? The uneven brightness distribution of interface 23 of 4 or the spectroscopy of iris is generated. Therefore, a reflective liquid crystal LC can be obtained which is brighter and has higher display quality. Bumps are formed on the reflective electrode 17a of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10a, and the incident light can be diffused without being affected by the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules and the cell. Therefore, even if light is incident on the reflective liquid crystal cell 10 a from a direction other than the specular reflection direction, an image can be observed. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)% &amp; = Above, the present invention is the previous lighting device, in which the above-mentioned second light guide system: D :: Optical mechanism for reflecting light from the second exit surface of the i-light guide body on the first exit surface of the i-light guide body center. Zhou Xi, the first light guide! The exit surface has reflected light from the light formed at the second exit: il and oblique 4. As a result, the reflected light is generated, and a reflection image is formed from the first light exit surface to the second light exit surface. As a result, this paper scale is suitable for Zhongli Factory _-_ --------- 505812 ---- -β7 V. Description of the invention (64) The reflection image and the image of the above-mentioned inclined part are in phase with each other at 1000, T, and T%. Interference or reentry, from the perspective of the observer, uneven brightness distribution or iris splitting occurs on the surface of the illuminated object. According to the above structure, the second light guide of the front lighting device and the above-mentioned optical mechanism prevent the incident light on the inclined portion of the ㈣ from reflecting, and the exit surface reflects to generate reflected light. In addition, it is possible to prevent the image of the inclined portion, which is a minute light source portion, from interfering with or being folded back from the reflected image due to reflected light. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unevenness in the luminance distribution on the display viewed from the observer (the second exit surface) or the occurrence of spectroscopic rays. According to the present invention, in the foregoing illumination device, the above-mentioned optical mechanism is an antireflection film. In addition, since the above-mentioned optical mechanism can directly use a commercially available antireflection film, it is possible to suppress an increase in the manufacturing cost of the front lighting device. Therefore, an inexpensive front lighting device can be provided. In the front lighting device of the present invention, the optical mechanism is adhered to the i-th light guide with an adhesive having a refractive index equal to that of the first light guide on the upper side. In addition, it is possible to enhance the anti-reflection effect without substantially changing the input and output conditions of light in the first light guide body. The Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the information of the present invention. The sum of the distance between the flat surface and the inclined portion formed in the listed light guide is the farther away from the above incident surface becomes The smaller. In addition, the number of the unit area of the inclined portion decreases as the distance from the light source decreases. As the slope increases, the brightness of the surface of the object to be illuminated increases as the distance from the light source increases. Generally, the brightness decreases at a position farther from the light source. In the above-mentioned structure, the increase of the inclined portion can offset the decrease in the brightness of the illuminated object caused by the distance from the light source, and the light from the light source can be efficiently removed. Guide to the entire object at a high angle. It can be illuminated -------- 87-This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Orange (210X 297 mm) 505812 kl V. Description of Invention (65) Staff Consumption of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs The brightness distribution on the printed surface of the cooperative is averaged. In the reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the reflective liquid crystal element has a scanning line. Compared with the distance between the scanning lines, the sum of the distance between the flat surface of the second exit surface of the front lighting device and the distance between the inclined portions is small. According to the above structure, the sum of the upper part of the material and the tilt is smaller than the sum of the distance between the drawing lines. The area formed by the distance between the inclined parts of the front lighting device and the pixels around the reflective liquid crystal element. The block matrix is spaced apart. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the interference caused by the block matrix and the inclined portion: the pattern is reduced, and the display quality of the obtained reflective liquid crystal display device can be improved. 'The present invention (reflective liquid crystal display device. In the above structure, the inverse liquid crystal display device includes a scanning line: compared with the scanning line described above, the flat portion and the inclined portion of the second exit surface of the inch million lighting device The distance is large. Even for this structure, the distance between the tilt of the front lighting device and the block matrix around the pixels of the reflective liquid crystal element; phase: on. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the speckle caused by the interference between the block matrix and the inclined portion, and to improve the display quality of the obtained reflective liquid crystal display device. , P The reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention is based on the above structure, and the reflective liquid crystal display element is provided with a reflective plate having uneven portions on the surface. In addition, the reflecting plate is not affected by the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules and the cell cell of the liquid crystal cell and diffuses the incident light. Therefore, the image can be observed even when incident in the direction of regular reflection. τ ^ The reflective liquid crystal display device of the present invention is in the above structure, and the above-68- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

、1T #· 505812 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 五、發明説明(66 反射板係爲兼具驅動反射型液晶元件之液晶屏 電極之反射電極,係鄰接於該液晶層而設置:因:晶= 射板係鄰接液晶層而設置之情況相比較,可 ,興 射型液晶元件之電極基板所造成之視差產生:二構:反 得之反射型液晶顯示裝置中,可抑制圖像重疊: 板兼爲液晶驅動電極之故,彳簡化反射型液晶 之、 1T # · 505812 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (66 Reflective plate is a reflective electrode that also has liquid crystal panel electrodes that drive reflective liquid crystal elements. It is set adjacent to the liquid crystal layer. : Because: Crystal = the radiation plate is installed adjacent to the liquid crystal layer. Compared with the case where the parallax caused by the electrode substrate of the X-ray liquid crystal element is generated: the second structure: In the reflective liquid crystal display device, the figure can be suppressed. Image overlap: Because the plate is also a liquid crystal driving electrode, it simplifies the reflection of liquid crystal.

構造。 …、不衣置Istructure. ..., without clothes I

[實施形態1 2 ] 以下基於圖面説明本發明之其他實施形態。又且 有與前述各實施形態所說明之構造相同功能之構造,、:ς 相同之符號而省略其説明。 ° ' 木實施形態之LCD如圖49所示,基本構造雖與前述膏施 形態2相同,但於反射型液晶胞1〇與前光系統^之門配冒 作爲第3導光體(光學機構)之防止反射膜13之點係相 上述防止反射膜1 3與前述實施形態i所用者相同。又, 防止反射膜13、反射型液晶胞1〇、及前光系統51之説明 已於前述實施形態2及11中説明之故,予以省略。 θ 本貫施形態之上述防止反射膜丨3係添加在第i導光體之 導光體24及第2導光體之導光體4〇上,作爲第3導光體。 未形成此防止反射膜1 3之情況下,來自第!導光體2 4之 界面2 3 (第1出射面)所形成之傾斜部2 2之光。於第2導光體 4 0底面(第2表面)4 2,約4 %被反射成爲反射光。由此反射 光所形成之傾斜部.22之像與上述導光體24之傾斜部22互 相干涉,於是在導光體24之界面28(第2出射面)產生亮度 69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規枱(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·«本. ·#· 505812 A7 五、發明説明(67 ) 分布不均。 此處夂本實施形態之反射型L c D,係於第2導光體4 〇之 底面42與反射型液晶胞1〇顯示面側之面之間,配置與前述 貝她形毖1 1所配置者相同之防止反射膜〖3。依此防止反射 膜1 3之配置,可有效地抑制上述反射光之產生。此外,可 抑制界面2 8 &lt;凴度分布不均,並可實現能以高品質顯示之 反射型LCD。 於反射型L C D上配置上述防止反射膜丨3之情況,與未配 置4情況相比較則如圖50(a)、(b)所示,與未配置時之亮 度为布圖5 0 ( b )相比,配置上述防止反射膜丨3時之亮度 分布圖50(a)之党度峰値p橫跨第2導光體4〇之底面42整體 皆大致相等,且亮度峰値穩定無亮度分布不均。此外,亮 度分布狀態被提升了。 又,上述防止反射膜1 3係以具有與第2導光體4 0之折射 率η 2大致相等之折射率n〗之黏接劑等以黏貼上述防止反射 膜1 3。因此,幾乎不用改變第2導光體4 〇内之光的輸出入 條件即可提升防止反射效果。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) • nil· 進而,上述構造之防止反射膜丨3可直接使用市售品之 故’可抑制前光系統5 1之製造成本上升。因此,可獲得具 備便宜的前光系統5 1及其之反射型l c D。 如上,本發明之前方照明裝置,係於上述第2導光體之第 2表面上具備作爲第3導光體之光學機構,其係用以抑制來 自第1導光體之第2出射面之光,於該第2表面反射。 通常,第2導光體之第2表面上,來自第1導光體之第2出 __-70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 505812 A7 —^ ___ B7 五、發明説明(68 ) ~〜^ 射面所形成之傾斜部之光的一部分被反射成爲反射光。因 產生此反射光形成自第1導光體之第1出射面向第2出射面 之反射像。於是,此反射像,與上述傾斜部之像互相干涉 或折回、由觀察者觀之。即於被照明物表面產生亮度分布 不均或虹光之分光。 惟,依上述構造,前方照明裝置具備作爲第3導光體之上 述光學機構之故,來自傾斜部之入射光不會於第2表面反 射’可抑制反射光之產生。此外,作爲微小光源部而作用 之傾斜邵的像,與反射光造成之反射像之干涉或折回亦可 被防止。因此,被觀察者侧(第2出射面)觀察之顯示上的亮 度分布不均或虹光的分光皆可被防止。 本發明之前方照明裝置中,上述光學機構係爲防止反射 月吴。此外,光學機構可直接使用市售之防止反射膜之故, 可抑制前方照明裝置之製造成本上升。因此,可提供便宜 的前方照明裝置。 本發明之前方照明裝置中,上述光學機構係藉由具有與 上,第2導光體之折射率大致相等之折射率之黏接劑黏接 万、第2導光體。此外,幾乎不必改變第2導光體内之光的輸 出入條件,即可提升防止反射效果。 發明之詳細説明中之具體實施形態或實施例僅係用以説 月本t月之技術内各者,並非得用此種具體例狹義解釋限 疋本發明。在本發明之精神及下述申請專利範圍内,可進 行各種變更予以實施。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)[Embodiment 1 2] Hereinafter, other embodiments of the present invention will be described based on the drawings. In addition, there are structures having the same functions as the structures described in each of the foregoing embodiments, and the same symbols are used to denote the explanations. ° 'The LCD of the wooden embodiment is shown in Fig. 49. Although the basic structure is the same as the above-mentioned paste application mode 2, it is used as the third light guide (optical mechanism) in the door of the reflective liquid crystal cell 10 and the front light system ^ The point of the anti-reflection film 13 is the same as that of the anti-reflection film 13 described above. The descriptions of the anti-reflection film 13, the reflective liquid crystal cell 10, and the front light system 51 have been described in the foregoing second and eleventh embodiments, and are omitted. θ The anti-reflection film 3 described in this embodiment is added to the light guide 24 of the i-th light guide and the light guide 40 of the second light guide as the third light guide. In the case where this antireflection film 1 3 is not formed, it comes from the first! Light of the inclined portion 22 formed by the interface 2 3 (the first exit surface) of the light guide 2 4. On the bottom surface (second surface) 42 of the second light guide 40, about 4% is reflected as reflected light. The image of the inclined portion .22 formed by the reflected light interferes with the inclined portion 22 of the light guide 24 described above, so that a brightness 69 is generated at the interface 28 (the second exit surface) of the light guide 24-This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 gauge (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) · «This. · # · 505812 A7 V. Description of the invention (67) Uneven distribution. Here, the reflection type L c D of this embodiment is disposed between the bottom surface 42 of the second light guide 4 〇 and the surface on the display surface side of the reflection type liquid crystal cell 10, and is arranged in the same manner as the beta shape 11 described above. The same configuration of the anti-reflection film [3. The arrangement of the anti-reflection film 13 can effectively suppress the generation of the reflected light. In addition, it is possible to suppress the unevenness of the interface 2 8 &lt; unevenness distribution, and realize a reflective LCD capable of displaying with high quality. When the anti-reflection film 3 is arranged on a reflective LCD, as compared with the case where the anti-reflection film 4 is not arranged, as shown in FIG. 50 (a) and (b), the brightness when not arranged is the layout 5 0 (b) In comparison, when the above-mentioned anti-reflection film 3 is disposed, the brightness peaks 値 p of the 50th (a) cross-section of the second light guide 40 are substantially equal, and the brightness peaks 値 are stable and have no brightness distribution. Uneven. In addition, the brightness distribution status has been improved. The anti-reflection film 13 is adhered to the anti-reflection film 13 with an adhesive or the like having a refractive index n of approximately the same as the refractive index η 2 of the second light guide 40. Therefore, it is possible to improve the anti-reflection effect without changing the input / output conditions of light in the second light guide 40. Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) • nil · Furthermore, the anti-reflection film with the above structure 丨 3 can be used directly as a commercially available product' can suppress the front light system The manufacturing cost of 51 increased. Therefore, it is possible to obtain an inexpensive front light system 51 and its reflection type lc D. As described above, the front lighting device of the present invention is provided with an optical mechanism as a third light guide on the second surface of the second light guide, and is used to suppress the light from the second exit surface of the first light guide. Light is reflected on the second surface. Usually, on the second surface of the second light guide, the second output from the first light guide __- 70- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperative 505812 A7 — ^ ___ B7 V. Description of the Invention (68) ~~ ^ Part of the light in the inclined portion formed by the transmission surface is reflected as reflected light. The reflected light forms a reflection image from the first exit surface of the first light guide to the second exit surface. Then, the reflected image interferes with or retraces the image of the inclined portion and is viewed by an observer. That is, uneven brightness distribution or iris splitting occurs on the surface of the illuminated object. However, according to the above structure, since the front lighting device is provided with the above-mentioned optical mechanism as the third light guide, incident light from the inclined portion is not reflected on the second surface ', and the generation of reflected light can be suppressed. In addition, an oblique image acting as a minute light source portion can be prevented from interfering with or being folded back from a reflected image caused by reflected light. Therefore, uneven brightness distribution or iris splitting on the display viewed by the observer (second exit surface) can be prevented. In the foregoing illumination device of the present invention, the optical mechanism is to prevent reflection. In addition, the optical mechanism can directly use a commercially available anti-reflection film, which can suppress an increase in the manufacturing cost of the front lighting device. Therefore, an inexpensive front lighting device can be provided. In the former illumination device of the present invention, the optical mechanism is adhered to the second and second light guides with an adhesive having a refractive index approximately equal to that of the above and second light guides. In addition, it is not necessary to change the input / output conditions of light in the second light guide body to improve the anti-reflection effect. The specific implementation forms or examples in the detailed description of the invention are only used to describe each of the technologies in the month, t, and t, and the narrow interpretation of the specific examples is not required to limit the present invention. Various changes can be implemented within the spirit of the present invention and the scope of the following patent applications. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

Claims (1)

竭812 f 8103965號專利申請案·一- ^申清專利範園 。 )&gt;}&quot; 丨./-正 1 計’ 1. 一種前方照明裝置,其特徵在於:U———-〜± 具有配置於光源及被照明物前方之導光體; 上述導光體具備··來自光源的光所入射之入射面.^ 1出射面,向被照明物將光射出;及第2出射面 卞罘 被照明物之光射出;除此之外, 糈來自 t述第2出射面為··主要係將來自光源之光向第丨出 面予以反射之傾斜部,與主要係將來自被照明物之+ 光予以透過之平坦邵,係形成為交互配置之梯狀。、 2.如申清專利範圍第i項之前方照明裝置,其中若 導光體為第1導光體,則進_步具備將來自上述第工出 面之出射光之亮度分布予以平均化之第2導光體。 3·如申請專利範圍第2項之前方照明裝置,其中導光, 具備:第1表面,與第丨導光體之第丨出射面相對/及第 ^面:與上述第1表面相對,將來自第1導光體通過第 表面而射入之光,向被照明物射出;除此之外, 上述第1表面與第2表面係被形成為:自 第2出射面之各傾斜部至上 致。 4罘2衣四〈距離成大致一 4. 如申請專利範圍第3項之前方照明裝置,其中第工導光體 足折射率與第2導光體之折射率係大致相等。 5. 利f圍第3項之前方照明裝置,其中第1導光體 人弟“寸光體係被形成為一體。 6. ::請專利範圍第3項之前方照明裝置,其中具備第3導 先骨盈’其係光學機構,係於上述第2導光體之第2表面, 述射 體 2 之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A视格(21〇&gt;&lt;297公酱) 505812 ASExhausted 812 f 8103965 patent application · I-^ Shenqing Patent Fanyuan. ) &gt;} &quot; 丨 ./-Positive 1 meter '1. A front lighting device, characterized in that U ———- ~ ± has a light guide arranged in front of the light source and the object to be illuminated; the above light guide It is provided with an incident surface on which light from a light source is incident. 1 exit surface, which emits light toward the object to be illuminated; and a second exit surface, which emits light from the object to be illuminated; 2 The exit surface is an inclined part that mainly reflects the light from the light source toward the first exit surface, and a flat surface that mainly transmits + light from the object to be illuminated, and is formed as a ladder-shaped arrangement. 2. If the front lighting device of item i of the patent scope is declared, if the light guide is the first light guide, the first step is to further include a first step of averaging the brightness distribution of the emitted light from the first section. 2 Light guide. 3. If the front lighting device according to item 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the light guide has: a first surface opposite to the 丨 exit surface of the 丨 light guide and / or a ^ surface: opposite to the first surface, the The light incident from the first light guide through the first surface is emitted toward the object to be illuminated. In addition, the first surface and the second surface are formed so as to be upward from the inclined portions of the second exit surface. . 4 罘 2 Yi Si <The distance is approximately one. 4. For example, the front lighting device of item 3 of the patent application scope, wherein the refractive index of the second light guide is substantially equal to the refractive index of the second light guide. 5. The front lighting device of the 3rd front of the Leef, in which the first light guide body "inch light system" is formed as a whole. 6. :: Please patent the front lighting device of the 3rd front, which has the 3rd guide Xianguying 'is an optical mechanism attached to the second surface of the above-mentioned second light guide body. The paper size of the projection body 2 is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A viewing grid (21〇 &gt; &lt; 297 male sauce). ) 505812 AS 抑制來自第1導光體之第2出射 射。出射-〜先於弟2表面被反 7. 如申請專利範圍第6項之前方照明裝置,其 機構為防止反射膜。 k尤子 8. 如申請專利範圍第6項之前方照明裝置,其 機構係由具有與上述第2導井触、) /、 ^ 子 τ先體&lt;折射率相等之折射率 之黏接劑黏接於第2導光體。The second emission from the first light guide is suppressed. Emission-~ before the surface of the second 2 is reversed 7. If the front lighting device in the scope of patent application No. 6 is used, its mechanism is to prevent the reflection film.尤 子 8. If the front lighting device of item 6 of the scope of patent application, its mechanism is composed of an adhesive having a refractive index equal to the refractive index of the second guide well, and ^ Adhered to the second light guide. 9. = =,第2項之前方照明裝置,其中第2導光體 =使來自W導光體之第i出射面之出射光散亂之光散亂 10.如申請專利範圍第9項之前方照明裝置,其中上述光散 亂體係為僅將來自特^角度範園人射之光予以散亂之各 向異性散亂體,來自第1導光體之出射光所入射至第2導9. = =, the front lighting device of item 2, wherein the second light guide = scatters the light from the i-th exit surface of the W light guide. Square lighting device, wherein the above-mentioned light scattering system is an anisotropic scattered body that only diffuses light emitted from a special angle fan, and the light emitted from the first light guide is incident on the second light guide. 光體的角度範圍之至少-部份係包含於上述特定^ 圍内。 11·如申請專利範圍第9項之前方照明裝置,其中上述光散 亂體係為前方散亂體。 12·如申請專利範圍第2項之前方照明裝置,其中上述第2導 光體係為予以抑制來自第1導光體之第2出射面之光於該 第1導光體之第1出射面反射之光學機構。 lj•如申請專利範圍第1 2項之前方照明裝置,其中上述光學 機構係為防止反射膜。 如申凊專利範圍第1 2項之前方照明裝置,其中上述光學 機構係藉由具有與上述第2導光體之折射率大致相等之 -2- 1國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 505812 Λ8 B8 C8 D8 々、申請專利範圍 折射率之黏接劑黏接於第2導光At least part of the angular range of the light body is included in the above-mentioned specific range. 11. If the front lighting device according to item 9 of the patent application scope, wherein the light scattering system is a front scattered body. 12. If the front lighting device of item 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the second light guide system is to suppress the light from the second exit surface of the first light guide from reflecting on the first exit surface of the first light guide Optical mechanism. lj. For example, the front lighting device according to item 12 of the patent application scope, wherein the above-mentioned optical mechanism is an anti-reflection film. For example, the front lighting device of item 12 of the patent scope, wherein the above-mentioned optical mechanism has a -2- 1 national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297) having a refractive index approximately equal to that of the above-mentioned second light guide Mm) 505812 Λ8 B8 C8 D8 々, the patent application range of the refractive index adhesive is bonded to the second light guide 於光源與入射面之間, 足則万照明裝置,其中更具備: 使自入射面向第1導光體之第1出 射面直接入射之光變成大約沒有的範圍内,予以限制來 自光源的光的開散之光限制機構。 前方照明裝置,其中上述入射 17.如申请專利範園第1項之前 面存在於導光體之侧面。 18. 如申請專利範圍第17項之前方照明裝置,其中上述傾斜 部在與第1出射面垂直之平面上的投影總和係與入射面 在上述平面上的投影大致相等。 19. 如申請專利範圍第丨7項之前方照明裝置,其中上述入射 面與上述第1出射面係被配置為形成魏角。 20. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中更具備使 來自光源的光僅入射至上述入射面之聚光機構。 21. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中上述傾斜 部在上述第1出射面投影面積總和比上述平垣部在上述 第1出射面投影面積總和小。 22. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中上述平坦 部係與上述第1出射面成平行或對上述第1出射面成具有 10。以下之傾斜角。 23. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中設導光體 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 505812 A8 B8 C8 D8Between the light source and the incident surface, there is a sufficient illumination device, which further includes: to make the light directly incident from the first exit surface facing the first light guide from the incident surface to approximately no range, and limit the light from the light source. Diffuse light limiting mechanism. Front lighting device, in which the above-mentioned incident 17. The front surface as in the first patent application field exists on the side of the light guide. 18. For example, the front lighting device according to item 17 of the patent application, wherein the total projection of the inclined portion on a plane perpendicular to the first exit surface is substantially equal to the projection of the incident surface on the above plane. 19. For example, the front lighting device according to item 7 of the patent application scope, wherein the incident surface and the first exit surface are configured to form a Wei angle. 20. For example, the front lighting device according to the scope of the patent application, which further includes a light focusing mechanism that allows light from the light source to enter only the above-mentioned incident surface. 21. For example, the front lighting device according to the scope of the patent application, wherein the total projected area of the inclined portion on the first exit surface is smaller than the total projected area of the flat wall portion on the first exit surface. 22. For example, the front lighting device of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the flat portion is parallel to the first exit surface or has 10 to the first exit surface. The following tilt angle. 23. For example, the front lighting device in the scope of patent application, which includes a light guide. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 505812 A8 B8 C8 D8 申M專利祀圍Shen M patent siege 之折射率為h,與上述傾斜部相接之外部介質之折射率 為n 1 ’自光源向傾斜部入射的光之入射角為0,則滿足 不等式· Θ - arcsinOi/iij。 24. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中於上述傾 斜部表面設有使光反射之反射構件。 25. 如申請專利範圍第24項之前方照明裝置,其中設導光體 足折射率為,與上述傾斜部相接之外部介質之折射率 為!^,自光源向傾斜部入射的光之入射角為0,則滿足 不等式:0〈arcsinOi/i^)。 26. 如申請專利範圍第24項之前方照明裝置,其中於上述反 射構件表面設有遮光構件。 ; 27如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中更具備: 將來自第2出射面之平坦部的出射光與來自傾斜部的出 射光的出射方向予以集中之補償機構。 28·如申請專利範圍第27項之前方照明 機構/、備·罘1表面,與導光體之第2出射面相對;及第 2表面,與上述第丨表面相對;除此之外, 補償機構之第1表面係交互配置有:傾斜面,盘 體之第2出射面之傾斜部大致成平行; /、才 、上、Α/Γ 人丁坦^面,愈上 述弟2出射面之平坦部大致成平行;被形厂 出射面成互補之階梯狀; ’.〜、上u弟一 上述補償機構之第2表面係被配置成與 射面成大約平行。 元又弟1出 29.如申請專利範圍第2 7項之前方照明 衣夏,其中於上述補 -4- 505812 8 8 8 A BCD 六 圍範 1ΠΊ 專請 中 1員微稱甲,王要為來自第2出射而、, 、 印珩面〈傾斜部的出射 入射之區域,與主要為來自第2+ ^ 个曰弟2出射面之平坦部的出 光所入射之區域,具有互異之折射率。 宁 30. 如申请專利範圍第2 7項之前方昭明壯 …、明裝置,其中於上诫谜 償機構中,於主要為來自第2出射而、左丄、 印射面〈傾斜邵的出射井 所入射之區域中,設有折返元件。 31. 如申請專利範圍第27項之前方照明裝置,其中於上 償機構中,於主要為來自第2出射面之傾斜部之出射光 所入射之區域中,設有遮光構件。 32. 如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中更具備於 光源與入射面之間;限制來自光源的光之開散之^控制 機構。 二 33·如申請專利範圍第3 2項之前方照明裝置,其中光控制機 構係於自入射面向第2出射面之傾斜部直接入射的光之 入射角比臨界角還大的範圍内,限制來自光源的光之開 散。 开 Η —種前方照明裝置,其特徵在於:具有配置於光源及被 照明物前方之導光體; 上述導光體具備:平面狀之底面;與上述底面相對之 表面;及來自光源的光所入射之入射面; 上述表面係交互配置有:平坦部,對底面成大致平 行;及傾斜部,對上述平坦部於同方向傾斜;被形成為 階梯狀。 35·如申請專利範圍第1項之前方照明裝置,其中形成於上 5- 度通用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公褒)The refractive index is h, and the refractive index of the external medium in contact with the inclined portion is n 1 ′. The incident angle of the light incident from the light source to the inclined portion is 0, which satisfies the inequality · θ-arcsinOi / iij. 24. If the front lighting device according to item 1 of the patent application scope, a reflective member for reflecting light is provided on the surface of the inclined portion. 25. For example, the front lighting device of the scope of application for patent No. 24, wherein the refractive index of the light guide body is set to, and the refractive index of the external medium connected to the inclined portion is! ^, If the incident angle of the light incident from the light source to the inclined portion is 0, then the inequality is satisfied: 0 <arcsinOi / i ^). 26. The front lighting device according to item 24 of the patent application, wherein a light shielding member is provided on the surface of the reflective member. 27. The front lighting device according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, which further includes: a compensation mechanism for concentrating the exit direction of the exit light from the flat portion of the second exit surface and the exit direction of the exit light from the inclined portion. 28. If the front side of the patent application scope No. 27, the front surface of the lighting device /, the surface is opposite to the second exit surface of the light guide; and the second surface is opposite to the above surface; in addition, compensation The first surface of the mechanism is alternately arranged: an inclined surface, and the inclined portions of the second exit surface of the disc body are substantially parallel; /, Cai, Shang, A / Γ human tintan surface, the flatter the second exit surface of the above brother The parts are approximately parallel; the exit surface of the shaped factory is in a complementary step shape; '. ~, The second surface of the above-mentioned compensation mechanism is configured to be approximately parallel to the emission surface. Yuan Youdi 1 out of 29. If you apply for patent No. 27 before the scope of the patent, Yixia Xia, of which the above-mentioned supplement -4- 505812 8 8 8 A BCD Liu Wai Fan 1ΠΊ specially asked one of the members to call A, Wang Yaowei The area from the second exit and the seal surface <the area where the exit from the oblique part is incident and the area from which the light exits mainly from the flat part of the second + 2nd exit surface has a different refractive index. . Ning 30. If the Fang Zhaomingzhuang ..., Ming device before the 27th scope of the patent application, in the above commandment mystery compensation mechanism, the main injection shaft is from the second exit, the left side, and the injecting surface <inclined Shao exit shaft A fold-back element is provided in the incident area. 31. If the front lighting device according to item 27 of the patent application scope, the compensation mechanism is provided with a light-shielding member in a region where the exit light mainly from the inclined portion of the second exit surface enters. 32. For example, the front lighting device of the scope of the patent application, which is further provided between the light source and the incident surface; a control mechanism that limits the spread of light from the light source. 33. If the front lighting device of item 32 in the scope of the patent application, the light control mechanism is in a range where the incident angle of the light directly incident from the inclined portion facing the second exit surface is larger than the critical angle, and the restriction is The spread of light from the light source. Kailuan—a front lighting device characterized by having a light guide disposed in front of the light source and the object to be illuminated; the light guide includes: a flat bottom surface; a surface opposite to the bottom surface; and a light source from the light source Incident incident surface; The above-mentioned surface is alternately arranged: a flat portion that is substantially parallel to the bottom surface; and an inclined portion that is inclined in the same direction with respect to the flat portion; and is formed in a step shape. 35. For example, the front lighting device of the first patent application scope, which is formed in the above 5-degree General Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 cm) 505812 A8 B8 C8 D8505812 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 述導光體之平坦部之間距與傾斜部之間拓、 5 &lt;和,係離] 逑入射面越遠變成越小。 ” I 36.—種前方照明裝置,其特徵為具有: 弟1導光體’其配置於被照明物前方, 丹有來自光源 的光所入射之入射面,及向被照明物將-'、 咐出炙二個出 出射光之亮度分 第2導光體,將來自上述第1出射面之 布予以平均化; 上述第1導光體之二個出射面係配置於被照明物 面之第1出射面及與該第丨出射面對向配置之第2出射 面;且 ' 上述第2出射面為:主要係將來自光源之光向第1出射 面予以反射之傾斜部,與主要係將來自被照明物之反射 光予以透過之平坦部,係形成為交互配置之形狀者。 37. —種反射型液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:具備具有反射 板之反射型液晶元件;除此之外,於上述反射型液晶元 件前面配置有申請專利範圍第丨項之前方照明裝置。 38. 如申請專利範圍第37項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中反 射型液晶元件具備掃描線;上述掃描線之間距與前方照 明裝置之第2出射面之平坦部之間距大約相等,於掃描 線上方配置有平坦部。 39. 如申請專利範圍第37項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中反 射型液晶元件具備掃描線;與上述掃描線之間距相比 較,i万照明裝置之第2出射面之平坦部之間距與傾斜 -6 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4:規格(21〇X 297公笼) 505812 AS B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 部之間距之和較小。 40·如申請專利範圍第3 7項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中反 射型液晶顯示裝置具備掃描線;與上述掃描線之間距相 比較,前方照明裝置之第2出射面之平坦部之間距與傾 斜部之間距之和較大。 41·如申請專利範圍第37項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中上Scope of patent application: The distance between the flat part and the inclined part of the light guide is described as follows: 越 The farther the incident surface becomes, the smaller it becomes. I 36. A kind of front lighting device, which has the following features: a light guide 1 which is arranged in front of the object to be illuminated, has an incident surface on which light from a light source is incident, and-', The brightness of the two emitted light is divided into the second light guide, and the cloth from the first light exit surface is averaged; the two light exit surfaces of the first light guide are arranged on the first surface of the illuminated object. 1 exit surface and a second exit surface disposed opposite to the first exit surface; and the above-mentioned second exit surface is: an inclined portion mainly reflecting light from a light source toward the first exit surface, and The flat portion through which the reflected light from the illuminated object is transmitted is formed in an alternately arranged shape. 37. A reflective liquid crystal display device characterized by including a reflective liquid crystal element having a reflective plate; The front-side lighting device of the patent application scope item 丨 is arranged in front of the above-mentioned reflective liquid crystal element. 38. For example, the reflection-type liquid crystal display device of the patent application scope item 37, wherein the reflective liquid crystal element has a scanning line; The distance between the scanning lines is approximately equal to the distance between the flat portions of the second exit surface of the front lighting device, and the flat portions are arranged above the scanning lines. 39. For example, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the 37th aspect of the patent application, in which the reflective liquid crystal The component has a scanning line. Compared with the above-mentioned scanning line distance, the distance between the flat portion of the second exit surface of the i-10,000 lighting device and the tilt are -6-This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4: Specification (21〇 X 297 male cage) 505812 AS B8 C8 D8 The sum of the distances between the scope of the patent application is relatively small. 40. The reflective liquid crystal display device according to item 37 of the patent application, in which the reflective liquid crystal display device has a scanning line; Compared with the distance between the scanning lines, the sum of the distance between the flat portion and the distance between the inclined portion of the second exit surface of the front lighting device is larger. 41. For example, the reflective liquid crystal display device of the 37th aspect of the patent application, in which the upper 述反射型液晶顯示元件具備於表面具有凹凸部之反射 板。 42.如申請專利範圍第4 1項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中上 述反射板係為兼具驅動反射型液晶元件之液晶層之液晶 驅動電極之反射電極,係鄰接於該液晶層而設置。The reflection type liquid crystal display element includes a reflection plate having uneven portions on a surface. 42. The reflective liquid crystal display device according to item 41 of the scope of patent application, wherein the reflective plate is a reflective electrode having a liquid crystal driving electrode that also drives a liquid crystal layer of the reflective liquid crystal element, and is disposed adjacent to the liquid crystal layer. 43·如申請專利範圍第3 7項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中前 方照明裝置係被設置為可對反射型液晶元件開閉自如。 44· 一種反射型液晶顯示裝置,其特徵在於:係於具有反射 板之反射型液晶顯示元件前面,具備申請專利範圍第27 項I前方照明裝置者;上述補償機構係對特定壓力具有 可撓性;除此之外,上述補償機構及第2出射面各設有 對藉由互相接觸而檢知被施加壓力之位置之位置檢知 機構。 广 45.如申請專利範圍第4 4項之反射型液晶顯示裝置,其中反 射型液晶元件具備掃描線,上述位置檢知機構包含形成 於第2出射面之平坦部之透明電極;上述掃描線之間距 與上述透明電極之間距大約相等,於掃描線上方配置有 透明電極。43. The reflective liquid crystal display device according to item 37 of the scope of patent application, wherein the front lighting device is provided to be able to open and close the reflective liquid crystal element freely. 44 · A reflective liquid crystal display device, characterized in that: it is located in front of a reflective liquid crystal display element with a reflective plate, and has a front lighting device that applies for item 27 of the patent application scope; the compensation mechanism is flexible to a specific pressure In addition, the above-mentioned compensation mechanism and the second exit surface are each provided with a position detection mechanism for detecting a position to which a pressure is applied by mutual contact. 45. The reflective liquid crystal display device according to item 44 of the patent application scope, wherein the reflective liquid crystal element includes a scanning line, and the position detection mechanism includes a transparent electrode formed on a flat portion of the second exit surface; The pitch is approximately equal to the distance between the transparent electrodes, and a transparent electrode is disposed above the scan line.
TW087103965A 1997-03-28 1998-03-17 Front-illuminating device and reflective-type liquid crystal display using such a device TW505812B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP7821197 1997-03-28
JP35179497A JP3573938B2 (en) 1997-03-28 1997-12-19 Forward illumination device and reflection type liquid crystal display device having the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW505812B true TW505812B (en) 2002-10-11

Family

ID=26419298

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW087103965A TW505812B (en) 1997-03-28 1998-03-17 Front-illuminating device and reflective-type liquid crystal display using such a device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP3573938B2 (en)
KR (3) KR100312275B1 (en)
CN (2) CN100340905C (en)
TW (1) TW505812B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI468789B (en) * 2012-11-09 2015-01-11 Au Optronics Corp Display device

Families Citing this family (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3644476B2 (en) * 1998-04-30 2005-04-27 松下電器産業株式会社 Portable electronic devices
KR100661884B1 (en) * 1998-12-31 2007-12-04 삼성전자주식회사 Reflective LCD
JP3968907B2 (en) * 1999-03-15 2007-08-29 セイコーエプソン株式会社 LIGHTING DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE PROVIDED WITH THE LIGHTING DEVICE AS FRONT LIGHT
WO2000057240A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Hitachi, Ltd. Liquid crystal display
JP4113633B2 (en) * 1999-04-20 2008-07-09 日東電工株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP4462512B2 (en) * 1999-04-26 2010-05-12 日東電工株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP3910771B2 (en) * 1999-11-30 2007-04-25 ローム株式会社 Liquid crystal display
US6577359B2 (en) * 1999-12-10 2003-06-10 Rohm Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display apparatus with light guide panel having light-absorbing or light-storing layer
JP3968742B2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2007-08-29 株式会社エンプラス Light guide plate, surface light source device and display device
JP3301752B2 (en) 2000-03-31 2002-07-15 三菱電機株式会社 Front light, reflective liquid crystal display device and portable information terminal
JP4476505B2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2010-06-09 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP2002244132A (en) * 2001-02-20 2002-08-28 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Reflection-type liquid crystal display and image display apparatus
JP2002311432A (en) * 2001-04-13 2002-10-23 Kyocera Corp Reflection type liquid crystal display
JP2002350849A (en) * 2001-05-25 2002-12-04 Citizen Electronics Co Ltd Front light of liquid crystal display device
JP3693163B2 (en) * 2001-06-01 2005-09-07 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and electronic apparatus provided with the liquid crystal display device
JP2003043453A (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-13 Minebea Co Ltd Surface illuminator
JP4524491B2 (en) * 2001-08-28 2010-08-18 ミネベア株式会社 Surface lighting device
JP3941561B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2007-07-04 三菱電機株式会社 Double-sided display type liquid crystal display device and information equipment
KR100434407B1 (en) * 2001-12-17 2004-06-04 엘지.필립스 엘시디 주식회사 A trans-reflective field-sequential liquid crystal display device
JP2004078613A (en) 2002-08-19 2004-03-11 Fujitsu Ltd Touch panel system
TWI289708B (en) 2002-12-25 2007-11-11 Qualcomm Mems Technologies Inc Optical interference type color display
JP4845336B2 (en) 2003-07-16 2011-12-28 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Display device with imaging function and bidirectional communication system
JP3912603B2 (en) * 2003-09-05 2007-05-09 ソニー株式会社 Optical waveguide device
KR20050062269A (en) 2003-12-20 2005-06-23 엘지.필립스 엘시디 주식회사 Liquid crystal display device reflected from both side of glass substrate
US7342705B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2008-03-11 Idc, Llc Spatial light modulator with integrated optical compensation structure
JP4386749B2 (en) 2004-02-16 2009-12-16 シチズン電子株式会社 Planar light source
JP3908241B2 (en) 2004-06-24 2007-04-25 オリンパス株式会社 Video display device
KR100823274B1 (en) 2006-07-26 2008-04-17 삼성전자주식회사 Illuminating unit and display device employing the same
JP2010510530A (en) * 2006-10-06 2010-04-02 クォルコム・メムズ・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテッド Optical loss structure integrated into lighting equipment
KR100864320B1 (en) * 2007-01-17 2008-10-20 제일모직주식회사 Light guide panel comprising step structure for back light unit of tft-lcd
US20090168459A1 (en) * 2007-12-27 2009-07-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Light guide including conjugate film
JP5442113B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-03-12 クォルコム・メムズ・テクノロジーズ・インコーポレーテッド Lighting device and method for manufacturing the lighting device
CN102696006B (en) 2009-12-29 2015-11-25 高通Mems科技公司 There is the lighting device of metallized smooth steering characteristic
JP5730081B2 (en) * 2011-03-08 2015-06-03 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Display device
JP5707275B2 (en) * 2011-08-16 2015-04-22 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Display device and electronic device
US9678266B2 (en) * 2013-06-27 2017-06-13 Himax Display, Inc. Display module
KR102368883B1 (en) * 2015-01-14 2022-03-04 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Light emitting apparatus
CN108431670B (en) * 2015-11-13 2022-03-11 瑞尔D斯帕克有限责任公司 Surface features for imaging directional backlights
CN109073170B (en) * 2016-04-05 2021-06-04 麦克赛尔株式会社 Light source device and electronic device using the same
CN105892150B (en) * 2016-06-08 2019-10-25 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Backlight module and liquid crystal display device
CN105911737B (en) * 2016-06-15 2020-03-03 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Backlight source, display device and control method thereof
CN107329325B (en) 2017-08-31 2020-03-13 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Light uniformizing structure, front light source and display device
CN110094640B (en) * 2018-01-27 2021-10-22 深圳市绎立锐光科技开发有限公司 Light source system and lighting device
CN108446677A (en) * 2018-05-03 2018-08-24 东莞市美光达光学科技有限公司 A kind of fingerprint recognition module for below screen
WO2020218375A1 (en) 2019-04-26 2020-10-29 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Optical system, illumination system, display system, and mobile body

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2641229B2 (en) * 1988-01-26 1997-08-13 シチズン時計株式会社 Lighting device for liquid crystal display
US5050946A (en) * 1990-09-27 1991-09-24 Compaq Computer Corporation Faceted light pipe
JPH05297366A (en) * 1992-02-19 1993-11-12 Sharp Corp Liquid crystal display device
US5165772A (en) * 1992-03-18 1992-11-24 Hughes Aircraft Company Visual display device
DE69329167T2 (en) * 1992-05-15 2001-04-05 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal projection television receiver
KR950000413B1 (en) * 1992-11-25 1995-01-19 주식회사 신도리코 Manual document feeder
DE19521254A1 (en) * 1994-06-24 1996-01-04 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Display system with brightness boosting film

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI468789B (en) * 2012-11-09 2015-01-11 Au Optronics Corp Display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1126982C (en) 2003-11-05
JPH10326515A (en) 1998-12-08
CN1492266A (en) 2004-04-28
KR100312275B1 (en) 2001-12-12
JP3573938B2 (en) 2004-10-06
CN1195118A (en) 1998-10-07
CN100340905C (en) 2007-10-03
KR19980080826A (en) 1998-11-25
KR100336602B1 (en) 2002-05-16
KR100399201B1 (en) 2003-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW505812B (en) Front-illuminating device and reflective-type liquid crystal display using such a device
TW482931B (en) A light guide apparatus, a backlight apparatus and a liquid crystal display apparatus
US7714956B2 (en) Front illuminating device and a reflection-type liquid crystal display using such a device
TW434447B (en) Front lighting device and reflection type liquid crystal display device equipped with the same
JP3873835B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device and electronic device
TW496991B (en) Front illumination device and reflection-type liquid crystal display device incorporating the same
TWI286646B (en) Liquid-crystal display device and light pipe
KR100706752B1 (en) A reflection-type liquid crystal display device
CN212483348U (en) Optical detection device
CN210402385U (en) Optical detection device
CN210402384U (en) Optical detection device
CN210402386U (en) Optical detection device
JP3706109B2 (en) Front illumination device and reflective liquid crystal display device including the same
JP2002189105A (en) Off-axis anisotropic light scattering film and display device using the same
JP2003215589A (en) Forward illumination device and reflecting type liquid crystal display device equipped with it
JPH11295507A (en) Light diffusing element and image display system using the same
JP2007047409A (en) Liquid crystal display device, and mobile electronic apparatus with the same
CN210155689U (en) Optical detection device
CN210155690U (en) Optical detection device
CN210402382U (en) Optical detection device
WO2023199685A1 (en) Spatial floating video display system and spatial floating video processing system
CN210402388U (en) Optical detection device
CN210402387U (en) Optical detection device and electronic product
JP2001141931A (en) Light transmission plate, surface light source device and reflective liquid crystal display device
WO2024004557A1 (en) Spatial floating video display system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees